Import bmake-20090909:

- .MAKE.LEVEL, -C, SIGINFO support
- fixes for :M and \:
- vfork signal handling fixes e.g. for Solaris

100 files changed, 4068 insertions, 2467 deletions

diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/ChangeLog b/devel/bmake/files/ChangeLog
index 3df404347e4..4087db887b7 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/ChangeLog
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,58 @@
+2009-09-09  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090909
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix for -C, .CURDIR and .OBJDIR
+	* boot-strap: 
+	  o allow share_dir to be set independent of prefix.
+	  o select default share_dir better when prefix ends in $HOST_TARGET
+	  o if FORCE_BSD_MK etc were set, include them in the suggested
+	    install-mk command.
+
+2009-09-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090908
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o .MAKE.LEVEL for recursion tracking
+	  o fix for :M scanning \:
+
+2009-09-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* configure.in: Don't -D__EXTENSIONS__ if
+	AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS says "no".
+
+2009-08-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090826
+	Simplify MAKE_VERSION to just the bare date.
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o -C directory support.
+	  o support for SIGINFO
+	  o use $TMPDIR for temp files.
+	  o child of vfork should be careful about modifying parent's state.
+	
+
+2009-03-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Appy some patches for MiNT from David Brownlee
+
+2009-02-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090222
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o Possible null pointer de-ref in Var_Set.
+
+2009-02-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090204
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o bmake_malloc et al moved to their own .c
+	  o Count both () and {} when looking for the end of a :M pattern
+	  o Change 'Buffer' so that it is the actual struct, not a pointer to it.
+	  o strlist.c - functions for processing extendable arrays of pointers to strings.
+	  o ClientData replaced with void *, so const void * can be used.
+	  o New debug flag C for DEBUG_CWD
+
 2008-11-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
 
 	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081111
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/FILES b/devel/bmake/files/FILES
index 94b0a8e2f2c..91abe3f6d1a 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/FILES
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/FILES
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ buf.h
 compat.c
 cond.c
 make-conf.h
+make_malloc.c
+make_malloc.h
 config.h.in
 configure
 aclocal.m4
@@ -28,6 +30,8 @@ hash.h
 install-sh
 job.c
 job.h
+strlist.c
+strlist.h
 trace.c
 trace.h
 lst.h
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/Makefile.in b/devel/bmake/files/Makefile.in
index fb690f84b2c..47e56cb6066 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/Makefile.in
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/Makefile.in
@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
-#	$NetBSD: Makefile.in,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:16 joerg Exp $
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile.in,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:22 joerg Exp $
 #	@(#)Makefile	5.2 (Berkeley) 12/28/90
 
-#	$Id: Makefile.in,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:16 joerg Exp $
+#	$Id: Makefile.in,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:22 joerg Exp $
 
 PROG=	bmake
 SRCS=	arch.c buf.c compat.c cond.c dir.c for.c hash.c job.c main.c \
 	make.c parse.c str.c suff.c targ.c trace.c var.c util.c 
+SRCS+=  strlist.c
+SRCS+=  make_malloc.c
 SRCS+=	lstAppend.c lstAtEnd.c lstAtFront.c lstClose.c lstConcat.c \
 	lstDatum.c lstDeQueue.c lstDestroy.c lstDupl.c lstEnQueue.c \
 	lstFind.c lstFindFrom.c lstFirst.c lstForEach.c lstForEachFrom.c \
@@ -19,10 +21,7 @@ srcdir= @srcdir@
 CC?= @CC@
 
 # Base version on src date
-BMAKE_VERSION= 20081111
-# knowing when it was built is also handy
-BUILD_DATE!= date +%Y%m%d
-MAKE_VERSION:= bmake-${BMAKE_VERSION} build-${BUILD_DATE}
+MAKE_VERSION= 20090909
 MACHINE=@machine@
 MACHINE_ARCH=@machine_arch@
 DEFAULT_SYS_PATH = @default_sys_path@
@@ -147,6 +146,7 @@ install-mk:
 .else
 	@echo need to unpack mk.tar.gz under ${srcdir} or set MKSRC; false
 .endif
+CFLAGS_var.o += -Wno-cast-qual
 
 .ifdef TOOLDIR
 # this is a native netbsd build, 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/PSD.doc/Makefile b/devel/bmake/files/PSD.doc/Makefile
index af79406b2f2..347538e6983 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/PSD.doc/Makefile
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/PSD.doc/Makefile
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:32 joerg Exp $
 #	@(#)Makefile	8.1 (Berkeley) 8/14/93
 
 DIR=	psd/12.make
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms b/devel/bmake/files/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms
index 999c05b7cbe..7845b6430a0 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.\"	$NetBSD: tutorial.ms,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: tutorial.ms,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $
 .\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1993
 .\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 .\"
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/aclocal.m4 b/devel/bmake/files/aclocal.m4
index e6904937500..ca977067415 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/aclocal.m4
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/aclocal.m4
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 dnl RCSid:
-dnl	$Id: aclocal.m4,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:16 joerg Exp $
+dnl	$Id: aclocal.m4,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:24 joerg Exp $
 dnl
 
 dnl 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/arch.c b/devel/bmake/files/arch.c
index 80019d1c01f..d99ddbfe05c 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/arch.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/arch.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)arch.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -173,9 +173,9 @@ typedef struct Arch {
     size_t	  fnamesize;  /* Size of the string table */
 } Arch;
 
-static int ArchFindArchive(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int ArchFindArchive(const void *, const void *);
 #ifdef CLEANUP
-static void ArchFree(ClientData);
+static void ArchFree(void *);
 #endif
 static struct ar_hdr *ArchStatMember(char *, char *, Boolean);
 static FILE *ArchFindMember(char *, char *, struct ar_hdr *, const char *);
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ static int ArchSVR4Entry(Arch *, char *, size_t, FILE *);
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static void
-ArchFree(ClientData ap)
+ArchFree(void *ap)
 {
     Arch *a = (Arch *)ap;
     Hash_Search	  search;
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Arch_ParseArchive(char **linePtr, Lst nodeLst, GNode *ctxt)
 		 */
 		gn = Targ_FindNode(buf, TARG_CREATE);
 
-		if (gn == NILGNODE) {
+		if (gn == NULL) {
 		    free(buf);
 		    return(FAILURE);
 		} else {
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ Arch_ParseArchive(char **linePtr, Lst nodeLst, GNode *ctxt)
 		snprintf(nameBuf, sz, "%s(%s)", libName, member);
 		free(member);
 		gn = Targ_FindNode(nameBuf, TARG_CREATE);
-		if (gn == NILGNODE) {
+		if (gn == NULL) {
 		    free(nameBuf);
 		    return (FAILURE);
 		} else {
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ Arch_ParseArchive(char **linePtr, Lst nodeLst, GNode *ctxt)
 		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(nodeLst, gn);
 		}
 	    }
-	    Lst_Destroy(members, NOFREE);
+	    Lst_Destroy(members, NULL);
 	    free(nameBuf);
 	} else {
 	    size_t	sz = strlen(libName) + strlen(memName) + 3;
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ Arch_ParseArchive(char **linePtr, Lst nodeLst, GNode *ctxt)
 	    snprintf(nameBuf, sz, "%s(%s)", libName, memName);
 	    gn = Targ_FindNode(nameBuf, TARG_CREATE);
 	    free(nameBuf);
-	    if (gn == NILGNODE) {
+	    if (gn == NULL) {
 		return (FAILURE);
 	    } else {
 		/*
@@ -523,9 +523,9 @@ Arch_ParseArchive(char **linePtr, Lst nodeLst, GNode *ctxt)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-ArchFindArchive(ClientData ar, ClientData archName)
+ArchFindArchive(const void *ar, const void *archName)
 {
-    return (strcmp((char *)archName, ((Arch *)ar)->name));
+    return (strcmp(archName, ((const Arch *)ar)->name));
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ ArchStatMember(char *archive, char *member, Boolean hash)
     }
 
     ln = Lst_Find(archives, archive, ArchFindArchive);
-    if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln != NULL) {
 	ar = (Arch *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 
 	he = Hash_FindEntry(&ar->members, member);
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ ArchStatMember(char *archive, char *member, Boolean hash)
 	    }
 	    if ((he = Hash_FindEntry(&ar->members, copy)) != NULL)
 		return ((struct ar_hdr *)Hash_GetValue(he));
-	    return (NULL);
+	    return NULL;
 	}
     }
 
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ ArchStatMember(char *archive, char *member, Boolean hash)
 	 arch = ArchFindMember(archive, member, &sarh, "r");
 
 	 if (arch == NULL) {
-	    return (NULL);
+	    return NULL;
 	} else {
 	    fclose(arch);
 	    return (&sarh);
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ ArchStatMember(char *archive, char *member, Boolean hash)
      */
     arch = fopen(archive, "r");
     if (arch == NULL) {
-	return (NULL);
+	return NULL;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ ArchStatMember(char *archive, char *member, Boolean hash)
     if ((fread(magic, SARMAG, 1, arch) != 1) ||
     	(strncmp(magic, ARMAG, SARMAG) != 0)) {
 	    fclose(arch);
-	    return (NULL);
+	    return NULL;
     }
 
     ar = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Arch));
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ ArchStatMember(char *archive, char *member, Boolean hash)
     if (he != NULL) {
 	return ((struct ar_hdr *)Hash_GetValue(he));
     } else {
-	return (NULL);
+	return NULL;
     }
 
 badarch:
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ badarch:
     if (ar->fnametab)
 	free(ar->fnametab);
     free(ar);
-    return (NULL);
+    return NULL;
 }
 
 #ifdef SVR4ARCHIVES
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ ArchFindMember(char *archive, char *member, struct ar_hdr *arhPtr,
 
     arch = fopen(archive, mode);
     if (arch == NULL) {
-	return (NULL);
+	return NULL;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ ArchFindMember(char *archive, char *member, struct ar_hdr *arhPtr,
     if ((fread(magic, SARMAG, 1, arch) != 1) ||
     	(strncmp(magic, ARMAG, SARMAG) != 0)) {
 	    fclose(arch);
-	    return (NULL);
+	    return NULL;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ ArchFindMember(char *archive, char *member, struct ar_hdr *arhPtr,
 	      * and there's no way we can recover...
 	      */
 	     fclose(arch);
-	     return (NULL);
+	     return NULL;
 	} else if (strncmp(member, arhPtr->AR_NAME, tlen) == 0) {
 	    /*
 	     * If the member's name doesn't take up the entire 'name' field,
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ skip:
      * archive and return NULL -- an error.
      */
     fclose(arch);
-    return (NULL);
+    return NULL;
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ Arch_MemMTime(GNode *gn)
 	gn->mtime = 0;
 	return (0);
     }
-    while ((ln = Lst_Next(gn->parents)) != NILLNODE) {
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(gn->parents)) != NULL) {
 	pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 
 	if (pgn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/bmake.cat1 b/devel/bmake/files/bmake.cat1
index ab7cddc458f..fc8aaf7fb99 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/bmake.cat1
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/bmake.cat1
@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
-MAKE(1)                   BSD General Commands Manual                  MAKE(1)
+MAKE(1)                 NetBSD General Commands Manual                 MAKE(1)
 
 NNAAMMEE
      bbmmaakkee -- maintain program dependencies
 
 SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     bbmmaakkee [--BBeeiikkNNnnqqrrssttWWXX] [--DD _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [--dd _f_l_a_g_s] [--ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e]
-           [--II _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--JJ _p_r_i_v_a_t_e] [--jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s] [--mm _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--TT _f_i_l_e]
-           [--VV _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e_=_v_a_l_u_e] [_t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
+     bbmmaakkee [--BBeeiikkNNnnqqrrssttWWXX] [--CC _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--DD _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [--dd _f_l_a_g_s]
+           [--ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e] [--II _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--JJ _p_r_i_v_a_t_e] [--jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s]
+           [--mm _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--TT _f_i_l_e] [--VV _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e_=_v_a_l_u_e]
+           [_t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
 
 DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
      bbmmaakkee is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other pro-
@@ -29,6 +30,12 @@ DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
              command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a
              dependency line in sequence.
 
+     --CC _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y
+             Change to _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y before reading the makefiles or doing any-
+             thing else.  If multiple --CC options are specified, each is inter-
+             preted relative to the previous one: --CC _/ --CC _e_t_c is equivalent to
+             --CC _/_e_t_c.
+
      --DD _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
              Define _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to be 1, in the global context.
 
@@ -36,8 +43,12 @@ DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
              Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of bbmmaakkee are to
              print debugging information.  Unless the flags are preceded by
              `-' they are added to the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable and will
-             be processed by any child make processes.  _F_l_a_g_s is one or more
-             of the following:
+             be processed by any child make processes.  By default, debugging
+             information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed
+             using the _F debugging flag.  The debugging output is always
+             unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging
+             output is not directed to standard output, then the standard out-
+             put is line buffered.  _F_l_a_g_s is one or more of the following:
 
              _A       Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to
                      specifying all of the debugging flags.
@@ -45,6 +56,9 @@ DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
              _a       Print debugging information about archive searching and
                      caching.
 
+             _C       Print debugging information about current working direc-
+                     tory.
+
              _c       Print debugging information about conditional evaluation.
 
              _d       Print debugging information about directory searching and
@@ -53,9 +67,18 @@ DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
              _e       Print debugging information about failed commands and
                      targets.
 
-             _F       Use the rest of `flags' as the name of the file to which
-                     the debug output is written.  If the filename ends `.%d'
-                     then the `%d' is replaced by the pid.
+             _F[++]_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e
+                     Specify where debugging output is written.  This must be
+                     the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the
+                     argument.  If the character immediately after the `F'
+                     flag is `+', then the file will be opened in append mode;
+                     otherwise the file will be overwritten.  If the file name
+                     is `stdout' or `stderr' then debugging output will be
+                     written to the standard output or standard error output
+                     file descriptors respectively (and the `+' option has no
+                     effect).  Otherwise, the output will be written to the
+                     named file.  If the file name ends `.%d' then the `%d' is
+                     replaced by the pid.
 
              _f       Print debugging information about loop evaluation.
 
@@ -76,10 +99,13 @@ DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
              _m       Print debugging information about making targets, includ-
                      ing modification dates.
 
-             _n       Don't delete the temporary command scripts created in
-                     _/_t_m_p when running commands.  These are created via
-                     mkstemp(3) and have names of the form _/_t_m_p_/_m_a_k_e_X_X_X_X_X.
-                     _N_O_T_E: This can create many file in _/_t_m_p so use with care.
+             _n       Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when
+                     running commands.  These temporary scripts are created in
+                     the directory referred to by the TMPDIR environment vari-
+                     able, or in _/_t_m_p if TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty
+                     string.  The temporary scripts are created by mkstemp(3),
+                     and have names of the form _m_a_k_e_X_X_X_X_X_X.  _N_O_T_E: This can
+                     create many files in TMPDIR or _/_t_m_p, so use with care.
 
              _p       Print debugging information about makefile parsing.
 
@@ -120,7 +146,13 @@ DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
      --jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s
              Specify the maximum number of jobs that bbmmaakkee may have running at
              any one time.  Turns compatibility mode off, unless the _B flag is
-             also specified.
+             also specified.  When compatibility mode is off, all commands
+             associated with a target are executed in a single shell invoca-
+             tion as opposed to the traditional one shell invocation per line.
+             This can break traditional scripts which change directories on
+             each command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh
+             environment on the next line.  It is more efficient to correct
+             the scripts rather than turn backwards compatibility on.
 
      --kk      Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on
              those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation
@@ -281,6 +313,14 @@ VVAARRIIAABBLLEE AASSSSIIGGNNMMEENNTTSS
      ing braces or parentheses are not required.  This shorter form is not
      recommended.
 
+     If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded
+     first.  This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names con-
+     taining dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best
+     avoided!
+
+     If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign (`$') the
+     string is expanded again.
+
      Variable substitution occurs at two distinct times, depending on where
      the variable is being used.  Variables in dependency lines are expanded
      as the line is read.  Variables in shell commands are expanded when the
@@ -308,9 +348,10 @@ VVAARRIIAABBLLEE AASSSSIIGGNNMMEENNTTSS
 
              _._A_R_C_H_I_V_E  The name of the archive file.
 
-             _._I_M_P_S_R_C   The name/path of the source from which the target is to
-                       be transformed (the ``implied'' source); also known as
-                       `_<'.
+             _._I_M_P_S_R_C   In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the
+                       source from which the target is to be transformed (the
+                       ``implied'' source); also known as `_<'.  It is not
+                       defined in explicit rules.
 
              _._M_E_M_B_E_R   The name of the archive member.
 
@@ -334,7 +375,7 @@ VVAARRIIAABBLLEE AASSSSIIGGNNMMEENNTTSS
              the line.  These variables are `_._T_A_R_G_E_T', `_._P_R_E_F_I_X', `_._A_R_C_H_I_V_E',
              and `_._M_E_M_B_E_R'.
 
-   AAddddiittiioonnaall iinnbbuuiilltt vvaarriiaabblleess
+   AAddddiittiioonnaall bbuuiilltt--iinn vvaarriiaabblleess
      In addition, bbmmaakkee sets or knows about the following variables:
 
      _$               A single dollar sign `$', i.e.  `$$' expands to a single
@@ -361,6 +402,13 @@ VVAARRIIAABBLLEE AASSSSIIGGNNMMEENNTTSS
                      tracking dependencies.  Each makefile is recorded only
                      once, regardless of the number of times read.
 
+     _._M_A_K_E_._L_E_V_E_L     The recursion depth of bbmmaakkee.  The initial instance of
+                     bbmmaakkee will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the
+                     environment to be seen by the next generation.  This
+                     allows tests like: .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect
+                     things which should only be evaluated in the initial
+                     instance of bbmmaakkee.
+
      _._M_A_K_E_._P_I_D       The process-id of bbmmaakkee.
 
      _._M_A_K_E_._P_P_I_D      The parent process-id of bbmmaakkee.
@@ -455,6 +503,11 @@ VVAARRIIAABBLLEE AASSSSIIGGNNMMEENNTTSS
                      contains a variable transform.  `PWD' is set to the value
                      of `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' for all programs which bbmmaakkee executes.
 
+     VPATH           Colon-separated (``:'') lists of directories that bbmmaakkee
+                     will search for files.  The variable is supported for
+                     compatibility with old make programs only, use `_._P_A_T_H'
+                     instead.
+
    VVaarriiaabbllee mmooddiiffiieerrss
      Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the
      variable (where a ``word'' is white-space delimited sequence of charac-
@@ -575,9 +628,13 @@ VVAARRIIAABBLLEE AASSSSIIGGNNMMEENNTTSS
      ::uu   Remove adjacent duplicate words (like uniq(1)).
 
      ::??_t_r_u_e___s_t_r_i_n_g::_f_a_l_s_e___s_t_r_i_n_g
-          If the variable (actually an expression; see below) evaluates to
-          true, return as its value the _t_r_u_e___s_t_r_i_n_g, otherwise return the
-          _f_a_l_s_e___s_t_r_i_n_g.
+          If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if condi-
+          tional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the
+          _t_r_u_e___s_t_r_i_n_g, otherwise return the _f_a_l_s_e___s_t_r_i_n_g.  Since the variable
+          name is used as the expression, :? must be the first modifier after
+          the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain
+          variable expansions.  If the expression is a single token, it will
+          likely be treated as a check for the name being defined.
 
      _:_o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g_=_n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g
           This is the AT&T System V UNIX style variable substitution.  It must
@@ -627,17 +684,10 @@ VVAARRIIAABBLLEE AASSSSIIGGNNMMEENNTTSS
      ::::==_s_t_r
           The variable is assigned the value _s_t_r after substitution.  This
           modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as
-          wanting to apply modifiers to ..ffoorr loop iteration variables which
-          won't work due to the way ..ffoorr loops are implemented.  These assign-
-          ment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing in a rule
-          line by themselves should be preceded with something to keep bbmmaakkee
-          happy.  As in:
-
-          use_foo: .USE
-          .for i in ${.TARGET} ${.TARGET:R}.gz
-                  @: ${t::=$i}
-                  @echo t:R:T=${t:R:T}
-          .endfor
+          wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed.
+          These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing
+          in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to
+          keep bbmmaakkee happy.
 
           The `::::' helps avoid false matches with the AT&T System V UNIX style
           ::== modifier and since substitution always occurs the ::::== form is
@@ -709,7 +759,7 @@ IINNCCLLUUDDEE SSTTAATTEEMMEENNTTSS,, CCOONNDDIITTIIOO
      ..eexxppoorrtt _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
              Export the specified global variable.  If no variable is pro-
              vided, all globals are exported except for internal variables
-             (those that start with `.' ).  This is not affected by the --XX
+             (those that start with `.').  This is not affected by the --XX
              flag, so should be used with caution.  Appending a variable name
              to _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D is equivalent to exporting a variable.
 
@@ -798,12 +848,12 @@ IINNCCLLUUDDEE SSTTAATTEEMMEENNTTSS,, CCOONNDDIITTIIOO
      is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an
      empty string in the case of a string comparison.
 
-     When bbmmaakkee is evaluating one of these conditional expression, and it
-     encounters a word it doesn't recognize, either the ``make'' or
-     ``defined'' expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the
-     conditional.  If the form is `..iiffddeeff' or `..iiffnnddeeff', the ``defined''
-     expression is applied.  Similarly, if the form is `..iiffmmaakkee' or `..iiffnnmmaakkee,
-     tthhee ````mmaakkee''''' expression is applied.
+     When bbmmaakkee is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it
+     encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either
+     the ``make'' or ``defined'' expression is applied to it, depending on the
+     form of the conditional.  If the form is `..iiffddeeff', `..iiffnnddeeff', or `..iiff'
+     the ``defined'' expression is applied.  Similarly, if the form is
+     `..iiffmmaakkee' or `..iiffnnmmaakkee, tthhee' ``make'' expression is applied.
 
      If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile contin-
      ues as before.  If it evaluates to false, the following lines are
@@ -894,7 +944,7 @@ SSPPEECCIIAALL SSOOUURRCCEESS ((AATTTTRRIIBBUUTTEESS))
                b1:
                        echo b1
 
-               the output is always `b1', `b', `a', `x'.
+               the output is always `a', `b1', `b', `x'.
                The ordering imposed by ..WWAAIITT is only relevant for parallel
                makes.
 
@@ -946,7 +996,7 @@ SSPPEECCIIAALL TTAARRGGEETTSS
               be built, unless `a' is built by another part of the dependency
               graph, the following is a dependency loop:
 
-              .ORDER a b
+              .ORDER: a b
               b: a
 
               The ordering imposed by ..OORRDDEERR is only relevant for parallel
@@ -1008,12 +1058,19 @@ SSPPEECCIIAALL TTAARRGGEETTSS
 
      ..SSUUFFFFIIXXEESS
               Each source specifies a suffix to bbmmaakkee.  If no sources are
-              specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted.
+              specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted.  It
+              allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules.
+
+              Example:
+
+              .SUFFIXES: .o
+              .c.o:
+                      cc -o ${.TARGET} -c ${.IMPSRC}
 
 EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT
      bbmmaakkee uses the following environment variables, if they exist: MACHINE,
      MACHINE_ARCH, MAKE, MAKEFLAGS, MAKEOBJDIR, MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, MAKESYSPATH,
-     and PWD.
+     PWD, and TMPDIR.
 
      MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on
      the command line to bbmmaakkee and not as makefile variables; see the descrip-
@@ -1035,6 +1092,11 @@ CCOOMMPPAATTIIBBIILLIITTYY
      .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependant nodes.  The algo-
      rithms used may change again in the future.
 
+     The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after NetBSD 5.0
+     so that they still appear to be variable expansions.  In particular this
+     stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems
+     using them in .if statements.
+
 SSEEEE AALLSSOO
      mkdep(1)
 
@@ -1042,4 +1104,4 @@ HHIISSTTOORRYY
      bbmmaakkee is derived from NetBSD's make(1).  It uses autoconf to facilitate
      portability to other platforms.
 
-BSD                            November 19, 2006                           BSD
+NetBSD 4.0                     September 7, 2009                    NetBSD 4.0
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/bmake.cat1_ b/devel/bmake/files/bmake.cat1_
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..015b62c55b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/bmake.cat1_
@@ -0,0 +1,1113 @@
+MAKE(1)                 NetBSD General Commands Manual                 MAKE(1)
+
+NNAAMMEE
+     mmaakkee -- maintain program dependencies
+
+SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
+     mmaakkee [--BBeeiikkNNnnqqrrssttWWXX] [--CC _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--DD _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [--dd _f_l_a_g_s]
+          [--ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e] [--II _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--JJ _p_r_i_v_a_t_e] [--jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s]
+          [--mm _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--TT _f_i_l_e] [--VV _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e_=_v_a_l_u_e] [_t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
+
+DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
+     mmaakkee is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs.
+     Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs
+     and other files depend.  If no --ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e makefile option is given, mmaakkee
+     will try to open `_m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' then `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' in order to find the specifi-
+     cations.  If the file `_._d_e_p_e_n_d' exists, it is read (see mkdep(1)).
+
+     This manual page is intended as a reference document only.  For a more
+     thorough description of mmaakkee and makefiles, please refer to _M_a_k_e _- _A
+     _T_u_t_o_r_i_a_l.
+
+     mmaakkee will prepend the contents of the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable to
+     the command line arguments before parsing them.
+
+     The options are as follows:
+
+     --BB      Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per
+             command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a
+             dependency line in sequence.
+
+     --CC _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y
+             Change to _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y before reading the makefiles or doing any-
+             thing else.  If multiple --CC options are specified, each is inter-
+             preted relative to the previous one: --CC _/ --CC _e_t_c is equivalent to
+             --CC _/_e_t_c.
+
+     --DD _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
+             Define _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to be 1, in the global context.
+
+     --dd _[_-_]_f_l_a_g_s
+             Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of mmaakkee are to
+             print debugging information.  Unless the flags are preceded by
+             `-' they are added to the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable and will
+             be processed by any child make processes.  By default, debugging
+             information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed
+             using the _F debugging flag.  The debugging output is always
+             unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging
+             output is not directed to standard output, then the standard out-
+             put is line buffered.  _F_l_a_g_s is one or more of the following:
+
+             _A       Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to
+                     specifying all of the debugging flags.
+
+             _a       Print debugging information about archive searching and
+                     caching.
+
+             _C       Print debugging information about current working direc-
+                     tory.
+
+             _c       Print debugging information about conditional evaluation.
+
+             _d       Print debugging information about directory searching and
+                     caching.
+
+             _e       Print debugging information about failed commands and
+                     targets.
+
+             _F[++]_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e
+                     Specify where debugging output is written.  This must be
+                     the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the
+                     argument.  If the character immediately after the `F'
+                     flag is `+', then the file will be opened in append mode;
+                     otherwise the file will be overwritten.  If the file name
+                     is `stdout' or `stderr' then debugging output will be
+                     written to the standard output or standard error output
+                     file descriptors respectively (and the `+' option has no
+                     effect).  Otherwise, the output will be written to the
+                     named file.  If the file name ends `.%d' then the `%d' is
+                     replaced by the pid.
+
+             _f       Print debugging information about loop evaluation.
+
+             _g_1      Print the input graph before making anything.
+
+             _g_2      Print the input graph after making everything, or before
+                     exiting on error.
+
+             _g_3      Print the input graph before exiting on error.
+
+             _j       Print debugging information about running multiple
+                     shells.
+
+             _l       Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not
+                     they are prefixed by `@' or other "quiet" flags.  Also
+                     known as "loud" behavior.
+
+             _m       Print debugging information about making targets, includ-
+                     ing modification dates.
+
+             _n       Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when
+                     running commands.  These temporary scripts are created in
+                     the directory referred to by the TMPDIR environment vari-
+                     able, or in _/_t_m_p if TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty
+                     string.  The temporary scripts are created by mkstemp(3),
+                     and have names of the form _m_a_k_e_X_X_X_X_X_X.  _N_O_T_E: This can
+                     create many files in TMPDIR or _/_t_m_p, so use with care.
+
+             _p       Print debugging information about makefile parsing.
+
+             _s       Print debugging information about suffix-transformation
+                     rules.
+
+             _t       Print debugging information about target list mainte-
+                     nance.
+
+             _v       Print debugging information about variable assignment.
+
+             _x       Run shell commands with --xx so the actual commands are
+                     printed as they are executed.
+
+     --ee      Specify that environment variables override macro assignments
+             within makefiles.
+
+     --ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e
+             Specify a makefile to read instead of the default `_m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e'.  If
+             _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e is `--', standard input is read.  Multiple makefiles may
+             be specified, and are read in the order specified.
+
+     --II _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y
+             Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included
+             makefiles.  The system makefile directory (or directories, see
+             the --mm option) is automatically included as part of this list.
+
+     --ii      Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile.  Equiva-
+             lent to specifying `--' before each command line in the makefile.
+
+     --JJ _p_r_i_v_a_t_e
+             This option should _n_o_t be specified by the user.
+
+             When the _j option is in use in a recursive build, this option is
+             passed by a make to child makes to allow all the make processes
+             in the build to cooperate to avoid overloading the system.
+
+     --jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s
+             Specify the maximum number of jobs that mmaakkee may have running at
+             any one time.  Turns compatibility mode off, unless the _B flag is
+             also specified.  When compatibility mode is off, all commands
+             associated with a target are executed in a single shell invoca-
+             tion as opposed to the traditional one shell invocation per line.
+             This can break traditional scripts which change directories on
+             each command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh
+             environment on the next line.  It is more efficient to correct
+             the scripts rather than turn backwards compatibility on.
+
+     --kk      Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on
+             those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation
+             caused the error.
+
+     --mm _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y
+             Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles
+             included via the <_f_i_l_e>-style include statement.  The --mm option
+             can be used multiple times to form a search path.  This path will
+             override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk.  Fur-
+             thermore the system include path will be appended to the search
+             path used for "_f_i_l_e"-style include statements (see the --II
+             option).
+
+             If a file or directory name in the --mm argument (or the
+             MAKESYSPATH environment variable) starts with the string ".../"
+             then mmaakkee will search for the specified file or directory named
+             in the remaining part of the argument string.  The search starts
+             with the current directory of the Makefile and then works upward
+             towards the root of the filesystem.  If the search is successful,
+             then the resulting directory replaces the ".../" specification in
+             the --mm argument.  If used, this feature allows mmaakkee to easily
+             search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files
+             (e.g., by using ".../mk/sys.mk" as an argument).
+
+     --nn      Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not
+             actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE spe-
+             cial source (see below).
+
+     --NN      Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not
+             actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level
+             makefiles without descending into subdirectories.
+
+     --qq      Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets
+             are up-to-date and 1, otherwise.
+
+     --rr      Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile.
+
+     --ss      Do not echo any commands as they are executed.  Equivalent to
+             specifying `@@' before each command line in the makefile.
+
+     --TT _t_r_a_c_e_f_i_l_e
+             When used with the --jj flag, append a trace record to _t_r_a_c_e_f_i_l_e
+             for each job started and completed.
+
+     --tt      Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile,
+             create it or update its modification time to make it appear up-
+             to-date.
+
+     --VV _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
+             Print mmaakkee's idea of the value of _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e, in the global con-
+             text.  Do not build any targets.  Multiple instances of this
+             option may be specified; the variables will be printed one per
+             line, with a blank line for each null or undefined variable.  If
+             _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e contains a `$' then the value will be expanded before
+             printing.
+
+     --WW      Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors.
+
+     --XX      Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environ-
+             ment individually.  Variables passed on the command line are
+             still exported via the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable.  This
+             option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the
+             size of command arguments.
+
+     _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e_=_v_a_l_u_e
+             Set the value of the variable _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to _v_a_l_u_e.  Normally, all
+             values passed on the command line are also exported to sub-makes
+             in the environment.  The --XX flag disables this behavior.  Vari-
+             able assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility
+             but no ordering is enforced.
+
+     There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency
+     specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements,
+     conditional directives, for loops, and comments.
+
+     In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending
+     them with a backslash (`\').  The trailing newline character and initial
+     whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space.
+
+FFIILLEE DDEEPPEENNDDEENNCCYY SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS
+     Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero or
+     more sources.  This creates a relationship where the targets ``depend''
+     on the sources and are usually created from them.  The exact relationship
+     between the target and the source is determined by the operator that sep-
+     arates them.  The three operators are as follows:
+
+     ::     A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less
+           than those of any of its sources.  Sources for a target accumulate
+           over dependency lines when this operator is used.  The target is
+           removed if mmaakkee is interrupted.
+
+     !!     Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been
+           examined and re-created as necessary.  Sources for a target accumu-
+           late over dependency lines when this operator is used.  The target
+           is removed if mmaakkee is interrupted.
+
+     ::::    If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created.  Oth-
+           erwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources
+           has been modified more recently than the target.  Sources for a
+           target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this operator
+           is used.  The target will not be removed if mmaakkee is interrupted.
+
+     Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values `?', `*', `[]',
+     and `{}'.  The values `?', `*', and `[]' may only be used as part of the
+     final component of the target or source, and must be used to describe
+     existing files.  The value `{}' need not necessarily be used to describe
+     existing files.  Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as
+     done in the shell.
+
+SSHHEELLLL CCOOMMMMAANNDDSS
+     Each target may have associated with it a series of shell commands, nor-
+     mally used to create the target.  Each of the commands in this script
+     _m_u_s_t be preceded by a tab.  While any target may appear on a dependency
+     line, only one of these dependencies may be followed by a creation
+     script, unless the `::::' operator is used.
+
+     If the first characters of the command line are any combination of `@@',
+     `++', or `--', the command is treated specially.  A `@@' causes the command
+     not to be echoed before it is executed.  A `++' causes the command to be
+     executed even when --nn is given.  This is similar to the effect of the
+     .MAKE special source, except that the effect can be limited to a single
+     line of a script.  A `--' causes any non-zero exit status of the command
+     line to be ignored.
+
+VVAARRIIAABBLLEE AASSSSIIGGNNMMEENNTTSS
+     Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradi-
+     tion, consist of all upper-case letters.
+
+   VVaarriiaabbllee aassssiiggnnmmeenntt mmooddiiffiieerrss
+     The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as
+     follows:
+
+     ==       Assign the value to the variable.  Any previous value is overrid-
+             den.
+
+     ++==      Append the value to the current value of the variable.
+
+     ??==      Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined.
+
+     ::==      Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it
+             to the variable.  Normally, expansion is not done until the vari-
+             able is referenced.  _N_O_T_E: References to undefined variables are
+             _n_o_t expanded.  This can cause problems when variable modifiers
+             are used.
+
+     !!==      Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and
+             assign the result to the variable.  Any newlines in the result
+             are replaced with spaces.
+
+     Any white-space before the assigned _v_a_l_u_e is removed; if the value is
+     being appended, a single space is inserted between the previous contents
+     of the variable and the appended value.
+
+     Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either curly
+     braces (`{}') or parentheses (`()') and preceding it with a dollar sign
+     (`$').  If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surround-
+     ing braces or parentheses are not required.  This shorter form is not
+     recommended.
+
+     If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded
+     first.  This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names con-
+     taining dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best
+     avoided!
+
+     If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign (`$') the
+     string is expanded again.
+
+     Variable substitution occurs at two distinct times, depending on where
+     the variable is being used.  Variables in dependency lines are expanded
+     as the line is read.  Variables in shell commands are expanded when the
+     shell command is executed.
+
+   VVaarriiaabbllee ccllaasssseess
+     The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing prece-
+     dence) are:
+
+     Environment variables
+             Variables defined as part of mmaakkee's environment.
+
+     Global variables
+             Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles.
+
+     Command line variables
+             Variables defined as part of the command line.
+
+     Local variables
+             Variables that are defined specific to a certain target.  The
+             seven local variables are as follows:
+
+             _._A_L_L_S_R_C   The list of all sources for this target; also known as
+                       `_>'.
+
+             _._A_R_C_H_I_V_E  The name of the archive file.
+
+             _._I_M_P_S_R_C   In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the
+                       source from which the target is to be transformed (the
+                       ``implied'' source); also known as `_<'.  It is not
+                       defined in explicit rules.
+
+             _._M_E_M_B_E_R   The name of the archive member.
+
+             _._O_O_D_A_T_E   The list of sources for this target that were deemed
+                       out-of-date; also known as `_?'.
+
+             _._P_R_E_F_I_X   The file prefix of the file, containing only the file
+                       portion, no suffix or preceding directory components;
+                       also known as `_*'.
+
+             _._T_A_R_G_E_T   The name of the target; also known as `_@'.
+
+             The shorter forms `_@', `_?', `_<', `_>', and `_*' are permitted for
+             backward compatibility with historical makefiles and are not rec-
+             ommended.  The six variables `_@_F', `_@_D', `_<_F', `_<_D', `_*_F', and
+             `_*_D' are permitted for compatibility with AT&T System V UNIX
+             makefiles and are not recommended.
+
+             Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency
+             lines because they expand to the proper value for each target on
+             the line.  These variables are `_._T_A_R_G_E_T', `_._P_R_E_F_I_X', `_._A_R_C_H_I_V_E',
+             and `_._M_E_M_B_E_R'.
+
+   AAddddiittiioonnaall bbuuiilltt--iinn vvaarriiaabblleess
+     In addition, mmaakkee sets or knows about the following variables:
+
+     _$               A single dollar sign `$', i.e.  `$$' expands to a single
+                     dollar sign.
+
+     _._A_L_L_T_A_R_G_E_T_S     The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile.  If
+                     evaluated during Makefile parsing, lists only those tar-
+                     gets encountered thus far.
+
+     _._C_U_R_D_I_R         A path to the directory where mmaakkee was executed.  Refer
+                     to the description of `PWD' for more details.
+
+     MAKE            The name that mmaakkee was executed with (_a_r_g_v_[_0_]).  For com-
+                     patibility mmaakkee also sets _._M_A_K_E with the same value.  The
+                     preferred variable to use is the environment variable
+                     MAKE because it is more compatible with other versions of
+                     mmaakkee and cannot be confused with the special target with
+                     the same name.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D  The list of variables exported by mmaakkee.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._M_A_K_E_F_I_L_E_S
+                     The list of makefiles read by mmaakkee, which is useful for
+                     tracking dependencies.  Each makefile is recorded only
+                     once, regardless of the number of times read.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._L_E_V_E_L     The recursion depth of mmaakkee.  The initial instance of
+                     mmaakkee will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the
+                     environment to be seen by the next generation.  This
+                     allows tests like: .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect
+                     things which should only be evaluated in the initial
+                     instance of mmaakkee.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._P_I_D       The process-id of mmaakkee.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._P_P_I_D      The parent process-id of mmaakkee.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_._P_R_E_F_I_X
+                     If mmaakkee is run with _j then output for each target is pre-
+                     fixed with a token `--- target ---' the first part of
+                     which can be controlled via _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_._P_R_E_F_I_X.
+                     For example:
+                     .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}]
+                     would produce tokens like `---make[1234] target ---' mak-
+                     ing it easier to track the degree of parallelism being
+                     achieved.
+
+     MAKEFLAGS       The environment variable `MAKEFLAGS' may contain anything
+                     that may be specified on mmaakkee's command line.  Anything
+                     specified on mmaakkee's command line is appended to the
+                     `MAKEFLAGS' variable which is then entered into the envi-
+                     ronment for all programs which mmaakkee executes.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S  This variable is used to record the names of variables
+                     assigned to on the command line, so that they may be
+                     exported as part of `MAKEFLAGS'.  This behaviour can be
+                     disabled by assigning an empty value to `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S'
+                     within a makefile.  Extra variables can be exported from
+                     a makefile by appending their names to `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S'.
+                     `MAKEFLAGS' is re-exported whenever `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S' is
+                     modified.
+
+     _M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R
+                     When mmaakkee stops due to an error, it prints its name and
+                     the value of `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' as well as the value of any vari-
+                     ables named in `_M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R'.
+
+     _._n_e_w_l_i_n_e        This variable is simply assigned a newline character as
+                     its value.  This allows expansions using the ::@@ modifier
+                     to put a newline between iterations of the loop rather
+                     than a space.  For example, the printing of
+                     `_M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R' could be done as
+                     ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}.
+
+     _._O_B_J_D_I_R         A path to the directory where the targets are built.  Its
+                     value is determined by trying to chdir(2) to the follow-
+                     ing directories in order and using the first match:
+
+                     1.   ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR}
+
+                          (Only if `MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX' is set in the environ-
+                          ment or on the command line.)
+
+                     2.   ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+
+                          (Only if `MAKEOBJDIR' is set in the environment or
+                          on the command line.)
+
+                     3.   ${.CURDIR}_/_o_b_j_.${MACHINE}
+
+                     4.   ${.CURDIR}_/_o_b_j
+
+                     5.   _/_u_s_r_/_o_b_j_/${.CURDIR}
+
+                     6.   ${.CURDIR}
+
+                     Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's
+                     used, so expressions such as
+                           ${.CURDIR:C,^/usr/src,/var/obj,}
+                     may be used.
+
+                     `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' may be modified in the makefile as a global
+                     variable.  In all cases, mmaakkee will chdir(2) to `_._O_B_J_D_I_R'
+                     and set `PWD' to that directory before executing any tar-
+                     gets.
+
+     _._P_A_R_S_E_D_I_R       A path to the directory of the current `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' being
+                     parsed.
+
+     _._P_A_R_S_E_F_I_L_E      The basename of the current `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' being parsed.
+                     This variable and `_._P_A_R_S_E_D_I_R' are both set only while the
+                     `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e_s' are being parsed.
+
+     _._P_A_T_H           A variable that represents the list of directories that
+                     mmaakkee will search for files.  The search list should be
+                     updated using the target `_._P_A_T_H' rather than the vari-
+                     able.
+
+     PWD             Alternate path to the current directory.  mmaakkee normally
+                     sets `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' to the canonical path given by getcwd(3).
+                     However, if the environment variable `PWD' is set and
+                     gives a path to the current directory, then mmaakkee sets
+                     `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' to the value of `PWD' instead.  This behaviour
+                     is disabled if `MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX' is set or `MAKEOBJDIR'
+                     contains a variable transform.  `PWD' is set to the value
+                     of `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' for all programs which mmaakkee executes.
+
+     VPATH           Colon-separated (``:'') lists of directories that mmaakkee
+                     will search for files.  The variable is supported for
+                     compatibility with old make programs only, use `_._P_A_T_H'
+                     instead.
+
+   VVaarriiaabbllee mmooddiiffiieerrss
+     Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the
+     variable (where a ``word'' is white-space delimited sequence of charac-
+     ters).  The general format of a variable expansion is as follows:
+
+           ${variable[:modifier[:...]]}
+
+     Each modifier begins with a colon, which may be escaped with a backslash
+     (`\').
+
+     A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows:
+
+           modifier_variable=modifier[:...]
+           ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]}
+
+     In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not start
+     with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing variable.  If any
+     of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign (`$'),
+     these must be doubled to avoid early expansion.
+
+     The supported modifiers are:
+
+     ::EE   Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix.
+
+     ::HH   Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last com-
+          ponent.
+
+     ::MM_p_a_t_t_e_r_n
+          Select only those words that match _p_a_t_t_e_r_n.  The standard shell
+          wildcard characters (`*', `?', and `[]') may be used.  The wildcard
+          characters may be escaped with a backslash (`\').
+
+     ::NN_p_a_t_t_e_r_n
+          This is identical to `::MM', but selects all words which do not match
+          _p_a_t_t_e_r_n.
+
+     ::OO   Order every word in variable alphabetically.  To sort words in
+          reverse order use the `::OO::[[--11....11]]' combination of modifiers.
+
+     ::OOxx  Randomize words in variable.  The results will be different each
+          time you are referring to the modified variable; use the assignment
+          with expansion (`::==') to prevent such behaviour.  For example,
+
+                LIST=                   uno due tre quattro
+                RANDOM_LIST=            ${LIST:Ox}
+                STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:=    ${LIST:Ox}
+
+                all:
+                        @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+                        @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+                        @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+                        @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+          may produce output similar to:
+
+                quattro due tre uno
+                tre due quattro uno
+                due uno quattro tre
+                due uno quattro tre
+
+     ::QQ   Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be
+          passed safely through recursive invocations of mmaakkee.
+
+     ::RR   Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix.
+
+     ::ttll  Converts variable to lower-case letters.
+
+     ::ttss_c
+          Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expan-
+          sion.  This modifier sets the separator to the character _c.  If _c is
+          omitted, then no separator is used.
+
+     ::ttuu  Converts variable to upper-case letters.
+
+     ::ttWW  Causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing
+          embedded white space).  See also `::[[**]]'.
+
+     ::ttww  Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of words delimited by
+          white space.  See also `::[[@@]]'.
+
+     ::SS/_o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g/_n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g/[11ggWW]
+          Modify the first occurrence of _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g in the variable's value,
+          replacing it with _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g.  If a `g' is appended to the last
+          slash of the pattern, all occurrences in each word are replaced.  If
+          a `1' is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first
+          word is affected.  If a `W' is appended to the last slash of the
+          pattern, then the value is treated as a single word (possibly con-
+          taining embedded white space).  If _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g begins with a caret
+          (`^'), _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g is anchored at the beginning of each word.  If
+          _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g ends with a dollar sign (`$'), it is anchored at the end
+          of each word.  Inside _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g, an ampersand (`&') is replaced by
+          _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g (without any `^' or `$').  Any character may be used as a
+          delimiter for the parts of the modifier string.  The anchoring,
+          ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a backslash
+          (`\').
+
+          Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+          _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g and _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g with the single exception that a backslash
+          is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign (`$'), not a pre-
+          ceding dollar sign as is usual.
+
+     ::CC/_p_a_t_t_e_r_n/_r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t/[11ggWW]
+          The ::CC modifier is just like the ::SS modifier except that the old and
+          new strings, instead of being simple strings, are a regular expres-
+          sion (see regex(3)) string _p_a_t_t_e_r_n and an ed(1)-style string
+          _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t.  Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern _p_a_t_t_e_r_n
+          in each word of the value is substituted with _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t.  The `1'
+          modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the
+          `g' modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances
+          of the search pattern _p_a_t_t_e_r_n as occur in the word or words it is
+          found in; the `W' modifier causes the value to be treated as a sin-
+          gle word (possibly containing embedded white space).  Note that `1'
+          and `g' are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words
+          are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions
+          can potentially occur within each affected word.
+
+     ::TT   Replaces each word in the variable with its last component.
+
+     ::uu   Remove adjacent duplicate words (like uniq(1)).
+
+     ::??_t_r_u_e___s_t_r_i_n_g::_f_a_l_s_e___s_t_r_i_n_g
+          If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if condi-
+          tional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the
+          _t_r_u_e___s_t_r_i_n_g, otherwise return the _f_a_l_s_e___s_t_r_i_n_g.  Since the variable
+          name is used as the expression, :? must be the first modifier after
+          the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain
+          variable expansions.  If the expression is a single token, it will
+          likely be treated as a check for the name being defined.
+
+     _:_o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g_=_n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g
+          This is the AT&T System V UNIX style variable substitution.  It must
+          be the last modifier specified.  If _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g or _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g do not
+          contain the pattern matching character _% then it is assumed that
+          they are anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or
+          entire words may be replaced.  Otherwise _% is the substring of
+          _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g to be replaced in _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g.
+
+          Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+          _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g and _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g with the single exception that a backslash
+          is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign (`$'), not a pre-
+          ceding dollar sign as is usual.
+
+     ::@@_t_e_m_p@@_s_t_r_i_n_g@@
+          This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development Envi-
+          ronment (ODE) make.  Unlike ..ffoorr loops expansion occurs at the time
+          of reference.  Assign _t_e_m_p to each word in the variable and evaluate
+          _s_t_r_i_n_g.  The ODE convention is that _t_e_m_p should start and end with a
+          period.  For example.
+                ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@}
+
+     ::UU_n_e_w_v_a_l
+          If the variable is undefined _n_e_w_v_a_l is the value.  If the variable
+          is defined, the existing value is returned.  This is another ODE
+          make feature.  It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for
+          instance:
+                ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}}
+          If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use:
+                ${VAR:D:Unewval}
+
+     ::DD_n_e_w_v_a_l
+          If the variable is defined _n_e_w_v_a_l is the value.
+
+     ::LL   The name of the variable is the value.
+
+     ::PP   The path of the node which has the same name as the variable is the
+          value.  If no such node exists or its path is null, then the name of
+          the variable is used.
+
+     ::!!_c_m_d!!
+          The output of running _c_m_d is the value.
+
+     ::sshh  If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output
+          becomes the new value.
+
+     ::::==_s_t_r
+          The variable is assigned the value _s_t_r after substitution.  This
+          modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as
+          wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed.
+          These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing
+          in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to
+          keep mmaakkee happy.
+
+          The `::::' helps avoid false matches with the AT&T System V UNIX style
+          ::== modifier and since substitution always occurs the ::::== form is
+          vaguely appropriate.
+
+     ::::??==_s_t_r
+          As for ::::== but only if the variable does not already have a value.
+
+     ::::++==_s_t_r
+          Append _s_t_r to the variable.
+
+     ::::!!==_c_m_d
+          Assign the output of _c_m_d to the variable.
+
+     ::[[_r_a_n_g_e]]
+          Selects one or more words from the value, or performs other opera-
+          tions related to the way in which the value is divided into words.
+
+          Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words delimited by
+          white space.  Some modifiers suppress this behaviour, causing a
+          value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded
+          white space).  An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of
+          white-space, is treated as a single word.  For the purposes of the
+          `::[[]]' modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive
+          integers (where index 1 represents the first word), and backwards
+          using negative integers (where index -1 represents the last word).
+
+          The _r_a_n_g_e is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded
+          result is then interpreted as follows:
+
+          _i_n_d_e_x  Selects a single word from the value.
+
+          _s_t_a_r_t...._e_n_d
+                 Selects all words from _s_t_a_r_t to _e_n_d, inclusive.  For example,
+                 `::[[22....--11]]' selects all words from the second word to the last
+                 word.  If _s_t_a_r_t is greater than _e_n_d, then the words are out-
+                 put in reverse order.  For example, `::[[--11....11]]' selects all
+                 the words from last to first.
+
+          **      Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single
+                 word (possibly containing embedded white space).  Analogous
+                 to the effect of "$*" in Bourne shell.
+
+          0      Means the same as `::[[**]]'.
+
+          @@      Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence
+                 of words delimited by white space.  Analogous to the effect
+                 of "$@" in Bourne shell.
+
+          ##      Returns the number of words in the value.
+
+IINNCCLLUUDDEE SSTTAATTEEMMEENNTTSS,, CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNAALLSS AANNDD FFOORR LLOOOOPPSS
+     Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops  reminiscent of
+     the C programming language are provided in mmaakkee.  All such structures are
+     identified by a line beginning with a single dot (`.') character.  Files
+     are included with either ..iinncclluuddee <_f_i_l_e> or ..iinncclluuddee "_f_i_l_e".  Variables
+     between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded to form the file
+     name.  If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to
+     be in the system makefile directory.  If double quotes are used, the
+     including makefile's directory and any directories specified using the --II
+     option are searched before the system makefile directory.  For compati-
+     bility with other versions of mmaakkee `include file ...' is also accepted.
+     If the include statement is written as ..--iinncclluuddee or as ..ssiinncclluuddee then
+     errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored.
+
+     Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first
+     character of a line.  The possible conditionals are as follows:
+
+     ..eexxppoorrtt _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
+             Export the specified global variable.  If no variable is pro-
+             vided, all globals are exported except for internal variables
+             (those that start with `.').  This is not affected by the --XX
+             flag, so should be used with caution.  Appending a variable name
+             to _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D is equivalent to exporting a variable.
+
+     ..uunnddeeff _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
+             Un-define the specified global variable.  Only global variables
+             may be un-defined.
+
+     ..iiff [!]_e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n _._._.]
+             Test the value of an expression.
+
+     ..iiffddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.]
+             Test the value of a variable.
+
+     ..iiffnnddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.]
+             Test the value of a variable.
+
+     ..iiffmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
+             Test the target being built.
+
+     ..iiffnnmmaakkee [!] _t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
+             Test the target being built.
+
+     ..eellssee   Reverse the sense of the last conditional.
+
+     ..eelliiff [!] _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n _._._.]
+             A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiff'.
+
+     ..eelliiffddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.]
+             A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffddeeff'.
+
+     ..eelliiffnnddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.]
+             A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffnnddeeff'.
+
+     ..eelliiffmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
+             A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffmmaakkee'.
+
+     ..eelliiffnnmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
+             A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffnnmmaakkee'.
+
+     ..eennddiiff  End the body of the conditional.
+
+     The _o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r may be any one of the following:
+
+     ||||     Logical OR.
+
+     &&&&     Logical AND; of higher precedence than ``||''.
+
+     As in C, mmaakkee will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to
+     determine its value.  Parentheses may be used to change the order of
+     evaluation.  The boolean operator `!!' may be used to logically negate an
+     entire conditional.  It is of higher precedence than `&&&&'.
+
+     The value of _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n may be any of the following:
+
+     ddeeffiinneedd  Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if
+              the variable has been defined.
+
+     mmaakkee     Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the
+              target was specified as part of mmaakkee's command line or was
+              declared the default target (either implicitly or explicitly,
+              see _._M_A_I_N) before the line containing the conditional.
+
+     eemmppttyy    Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true
+              if the expansion of the variable would result in an empty
+              string.
+
+     eexxiissttss   Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the
+              file exists.  The file is searched for on the system search path
+              (see _._P_A_T_H).
+
+     ttaarrggeett   Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the
+              target has been defined.
+
+     ccoommmmaannddss
+              Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the
+              target has been defined and has commands associated with it.
+
+     _E_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n may also be an arithmetic or string comparison.  Variable
+     expansion is performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the
+     integral values are compared.  A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if
+     it is preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not sup-
+     ported.  The standard C relational operators are all supported.  If after
+     variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a `====' or `!!=='
+     operator is not an integral value, then string comparison is performed
+     between the expanded variables.  If no relational operator is given, it
+     is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an
+     empty string in the case of a string comparison.
+
+     When mmaakkee is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it
+     encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either
+     the ``make'' or ``defined'' expression is applied to it, depending on the
+     form of the conditional.  If the form is `..iiffddeeff', `..iiffnnddeeff', or `..iiff'
+     the ``defined'' expression is applied.  Similarly, if the form is
+     `..iiffmmaakkee' or `..iiffnnmmaakkee, tthhee' ``make'' expression is applied.
+
+     If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile contin-
+     ues as before.  If it evaluates to false, the following lines are
+     skipped.  In both cases this continues until a `..eellssee' or `..eennddiiff' is
+     found.
+
+     For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files.
+     The syntax of a for loop is:
+
+     ..ffoorr _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] iinn _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n
+     <make-rules>
+     ..eennddffoorr
+
+     After the for eexxpprreessssiioonn is evaluated, it is split into words.  On each
+     iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each vvaarriiaabbllee,
+     in order, and these vvaarriiaabblleess are substituted into the mmaakkee--rruulleess inside
+     the body of the for loop.  The number of words must come out even; that
+     is, if there are three iteration variables, the number of words provided
+     must be a multiple of three.
+
+CCOOMMMMEENNTTSS
+     Comments begin with a hash (`#') character, anywhere but in a shell com-
+     mand line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line.
+
+SSPPEECCIIAALL SSOOUURRCCEESS ((AATTTTRRIIBBUUTTEESS))
+     ..EEXXEECC     Target is never out of date, but always execute commands any-
+               way.
+
+     ..IIGGNNOORREE   Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this tar-
+               get, exactly as if they all were preceded by a dash (`-').
+
+     ..MMAADDEE     Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date.
+
+     ..MMAAKKEE     Execute the commands associated with this target even if the --nn
+               or --tt options were specified.  Normally used to mark recursive
+               mmaakkee's.
+
+     ..NNOOPPAATTHH   Do not search for the target in the directories specified by
+               ..PPAATTHH.
+
+     ..NNOOTTMMAAIINN  Normally mmaakkee selects the first target it encounters as the
+               default target to be built if no target was specified.  This
+               source prevents this target from being selected.
+
+     ..OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
+               If a target is marked with this attribute and mmaakkee can't figure
+               out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the
+               file isn't needed or already exists.
+
+     ..PPHHOONNYY    The target does not correspond to an actual file; it is always
+               considered to be out of date, and will not be created with the
+               --tt option.
+
+     ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS
+               When mmaakkee is interrupted, it normally removes any partially
+               made targets.  This source prevents the target from being
+               removed.
+
+     ..RREECCUURRSSIIVVEE
+               Synonym for ..MMAAKKEE.
+
+     ..SSIILLEENNTT   Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target,
+               exactly as if they all were preceded by an at sign (`@').
+
+     ..UUSSEE      Turn the target into mmaakkee's version of a macro.  When the tar-
+               get is used as a source for another target, the other target
+               acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for
+               ..UUSSEE) of the source.  If the target already has commands, the
+               ..UUSSEE target's commands are appended to them.
+
+     ..UUSSEEBBEEFFOORREE
+               Exactly like ..UUSSEE, but prepend the ..UUSSEEBBEEFFOORREE target commands
+               to the target.
+
+     ..WWAAIITT     If ..WWAAIITT appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede
+               it are made before the sources that succeed it in the line.
+               Since the dependents of files are not made until the file
+               itself could be made, this also stops the dependents being
+               built unless they are needed for another branch of the depen-
+               dency tree.  So given:
+
+               x: a .WAIT b
+                       echo x
+               a:
+                       echo a
+               b: b1
+                       echo b
+               b1:
+                       echo b1
+
+               the output is always `a', `b1', `b', `x'.
+               The ordering imposed by ..WWAAIITT is only relevant for parallel
+               makes.
+
+SSPPEECCIIAALL TTAARRGGEETTSS
+     Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be
+     the only target specified.
+
+     ..BBEEGGIINN   Any command lines attached to this target are executed before
+              anything else is done.
+
+     ..DDEEFFAAUULLTT
+              This is sort of a ..UUSSEE rule for any target (that was used only
+              as a source) that mmaakkee can't figure out any other way to create.
+              Only the shell script is used.  The ..IIMMPPSSRRCC variable of a target
+              that inherits ..DDEEFFAAUULLTT's commands is set to the target's own
+              name.
+
+     ..EENNDD     Any command lines attached to this target are executed after
+              everything else is done.
+
+     ..IIGGNNOORREE  Mark each of the sources with the ..IIGGNNOORREE attribute.  If no
+              sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the
+              --ii option.
+
+     ..IINNTTEERRRRUUPPTT
+              If mmaakkee is interrupted, the commands for this target will be
+              executed.
+
+     ..MMAAIINN    If no target is specified when mmaakkee is invoked, this target will
+              be built.
+
+     ..MMAAKKEEFFLLAAGGSS
+              This target provides a way to specify flags for mmaakkee when the
+              makefile is used.  The flags are as if typed to the shell,
+              though the --ff option will have no effect.
+
+     ..NNOOPPAATTHH  Apply the ..NNOOPPAATTHH attribute to any specified sources.
+
+     ..NNOOTTPPAARRAALLLLEELL
+              Disable parallel mode.
+
+     ..NNOO__PPAARRAALLLLEELL
+              Synonym for ..NNOOTTPPAARRAALLLLEELL, for compatibility with other pmake
+              variants.
+
+     ..OORRDDEERR   The named targets are made in sequence.  This ordering does not
+              add targets to the list of targets to be made.  Since the depen-
+              dents of a target do not get built until the target itself could
+              be built, unless `a' is built by another part of the dependency
+              graph, the following is a dependency loop:
+
+              .ORDER: a b
+              b: a
+
+              The ordering imposed by ..OORRDDEERR is only relevant for parallel
+              makes.
+
+     ..PPAATTHH    The sources are directories which are to be searched for files
+              not found in the current directory.  If no sources are speci-
+              fied, any previously specified directories are deleted.  If the
+              source is the special ..DDOOTTLLAASSTT target, then the current working
+              directory is searched last.
+
+     ..PPHHOONNYY   Apply the ..PPHHOONNYY attribute to any specified sources.
+
+     ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS
+              Apply the ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS attribute to any specified sources.  If no
+              sources are specified, the ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS attribute is applied to
+              every target in the file.
+
+     ..SSHHEELLLL   Sets the shell that mmaakkee will use to execute commands.  The
+              sources are a set of _f_i_e_l_d_=_v_a_l_u_e pairs.
+
+              _n_a_m_e        This is the minimal specification, used to select
+                          one of the builtin shell specs; _s_h, _k_s_h, and _c_s_h.
+
+              _p_a_t_h        Specifies the path to the shell.
+
+              _h_a_s_E_r_r_C_t_l   Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error.
+
+              _c_h_e_c_k       The command to turn on error checking.
+
+              _i_g_n_o_r_e      The command to disable error checking.
+
+              _e_c_h_o        The command to turn on echoing of commands executed.
+
+              _q_u_i_e_t       The command to turn off echoing of commands exe-
+                          cuted.
+
+              _f_i_l_t_e_r      The output to filter after issuing the _q_u_i_e_t com-
+                          mand.  It is typically identical to _q_u_i_e_t.
+
+              _e_r_r_F_l_a_g     The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking.
+
+              _e_c_h_o_F_l_a_g    The flag to pass the shell to enable command echo-
+                          ing.
+
+              _n_e_w_l_i_n_e     The string literal to pass the shell that results in
+                          a single newline character when used outside of any
+                          quoting characters.
+              Example:
+
+              .SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \
+                      check="set -e" ignore="set +e" \
+                      echo="set -v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \
+                      echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\n'"
+
+     ..SSIILLEENNTT  Apply the ..SSIILLEENNTT attribute to any specified sources.  If no
+              sources are specified, the ..SSIILLEENNTT attribute is applied to every
+              command in the file.
+
+     ..SSUUFFFFIIXXEESS
+              Each source specifies a suffix to mmaakkee.  If no sources are spec-
+              ified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted.  It allows
+              the creation of suffix-transformation rules.
+
+              Example:
+
+              .SUFFIXES: .o
+              .c.o:
+                      cc -o ${.TARGET} -c ${.IMPSRC}
+
+EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT
+     mmaakkee uses the following environment variables, if they exist: MACHINE,
+     MACHINE_ARCH, MAKE, MAKEFLAGS, MAKEOBJDIR, MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, MAKESYSPATH,
+     PWD, and TMPDIR.
+
+     MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on
+     the command line to mmaakkee and not as makefile variables; see the descrip-
+     tion of `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' for more details.
+
+FFIILLEESS
+     .depend        list of dependencies
+     Makefile       list of dependencies
+     makefile       list of dependencies
+     sys.mk         system makefile
+     /usr/share/mk  system makefile directory
+
+CCOOMMPPAATTIIBBIILLIITTYY
+     The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make,
+     however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are
+     not.
+
+     The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in NetBSD 4.0 so that
+     .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependant nodes.  The algo-
+     rithms used may change again in the future.
+
+     The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after NetBSD 5.0
+     so that they still appear to be variable expansions.  In particular this
+     stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems
+     using them in .if statements.
+
+SSEEEE AALLSSOO
+     mkdep(1)
+
+HHIISSTTOORRYY
+     A mmaakkee command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX.
+
+BBUUGGSS
+     The mmaakkee syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the
+     data.  For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve
+     scanning each the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field.
+     In many places mmaakkee just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a
+     variable expansion.
+
+     There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename.
+
+NetBSD 5.0                     September 7, 2009                    NetBSD 5.0
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/boot-strap b/devel/bmake/files/boot-strap
index cc3d0ac46e2..5aa7852ffd7 100755
--- a/devel/bmake/files/boot-strap
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/boot-strap
@@ -21,11 +21,16 @@
 #		We look for '.bmake-boot-strap.rc' before processing
 #		options.
 #
-#	-m "mksrc"
+#	--share "share_dir"
+#		Where to put man pages and mk files.
+#		If $prefix ends in $HOST_TARGET, and $prefix/../share
+#		exits, the default will be that rather than $prefix/share.
+#
+#	--mksrc "mksrc"
 #		Indicate where the mk files can be found.
 #		Default is ./mk or ../mk, set to 'none' to force
 #		building without "mksrc" but in that case a sys.mk
-#		needs to exist in the default syspath ($prefix/share/mk)
+#		needs to exist in the default syspath ($share_dir/mk)
 #
 #	Possibly useful configure_args:
 #
@@ -51,7 +56,7 @@
 #	Simon J. Gerraty <sjg@crufty.net>
 
 # RCSid:
-#	$Id: boot-strap,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $
+#	$Id: boot-strap,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:22 joerg Exp $
 #
 #	@(#) Copyright (c) 2001 Simon J. Gerraty
 #
@@ -118,7 +123,9 @@ do
 	--prefix) prefix=$2; shift 2;;
 	--prefix=*) prefix=`IFS="="; set -- $1; echo $2`; shift;;
 	--src=*) srcdir=`IFS="="; set -- $1; echo $2`; shift;;
-	--with-mksrc=*) mksrc=`IFS="="; set -- $1; echo $2`; shift;;
+	--with-mksrc=*|--mksrc=*) mksrc=`IFS="="; set -- $1; echo $2`; shift;;
+	--share=*) share_dir=`IFS="="; set -- $1; echo $2`; shift;;
+	--share) share_dir=$2; shift 2;;
 	-s|--src) srcdir=$2; shift 2;;
 	-m|--mksrc) mksrc=$2; shift 2;;
 	-o|--objdir) objdir=$2; shift 2;;
@@ -155,7 +162,7 @@ GetDir() {
 		break
 	done
 }
-	
+
 srcdir=`GetDir /bmake $srcdir $2 $Mydir ./bmake* $Mydir/../bmake*`
 [ -d ${srcdir:-/dev/null} ] || Usage
 case "$mksrc" in
@@ -174,10 +181,24 @@ objdir=${objdir:-$OS}
 [ -d $objdir ] || mkdir $objdir
 cd $objdir || exit 1
 
+ShareDir() {
+	case "/$1" in
+	*/$HOST_TARGET)
+		if [ -d $1/../share ]; then
+			echo `dirname $1`/share
+			return
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+	echo $1/share
+}
+
+share_dir=${share_dir:-`ShareDir $prefix`}
+
 AddConfigure --prefix= $prefix
 case "$CONFIGURE_ARGS" in
 *--with-prefix-sys-path*) ;;	# skip
-*) AddConfigure --with-default-sys-path= $prefix/share/mk;;
+*) AddConfigure --with-default-sys-path= $share_dir/mk;;
 esac
 if [ "$mksrc" ]; then
         AddConfigure --with-mksrc= $mksrc
@@ -192,36 +213,54 @@ ${MAKE:-make} -f makefile.boot bootstrap || exit 1
 # If -q given, we don't want all the install instructions
 $quiet exit 0
 
-make_version=`./bmake -m ./mk -m $prefix/share/mk -m /usr/share/mk -f ./Makefile -V MAKE_VERSION | ( read one two; echo $one )`
+make_version=`./bmake -m ./mk -m $share_dir/mk -m /usr/share/mk -f ./Makefile -V MAKE_VERSION | ( read one two; echo $one )`
+bmake_version=bmake-$make_version
 
 install_prefix() {
-       bindir=$1/bin
-       mandir=$1/share/man
-       mkdir=${2:-$1}/share/mk
-       echo
-       echo Commands to install into $1/
-       echo
-       echo mkdir -p $bindir
-       echo cp $objdir/bmake $bindir/$make_version
-       echo rm -f $bindir/bmake
-       echo ln -s $make_version $bindir/bmake
-       if [ -s bmake.cat1 ]; then
-	       echo mkdir -p $mandir/man1
-	       echo cp $srcdir/bmake.1 $mandir/man1
-       else
-	       echo mkdir -p $mandir/cat1
-	       echo cp $srcdir/bmake.cat1 $mandir/cat1/bmake.1
-       fi
-       [ "$mksrc" ] && echo $mksrc/install-mk $mkdir
+    (
+	bin_dir=
+	share_dir=
+	man_dir=
+	mk_dir=
+	while :
+	do
+		case "$1" in
+		*=*) eval "$1"; shift;;
+		*) break;;
+		esac
+	done
+	bin_dir=${bin_dir:-$1/bin}
+	share_dir=${share_dir:-`ShareDir $1`}
+	man_dir=${man_dir:-$share_dir/man}
+	mk_dir=${mk_dir:-$share_dir/mk}
+	echo
+	echo Commands to install into $1/
+	echo
+	echo mkdir -p $bin_dir
+	echo cp $objdir/bmake $bin_dir/$bmake_version
+	echo rm -f $bin_dir/bmake
+	echo ln -s $bmake_version $bin_dir/bmake
+	if [ -s bmake.cat1 ]; then
+		echo mkdir -p $man_dir/man1
+		echo cp $srcdir/bmake.1 $man_dir/man1
+	else
+		echo mkdir -p $man_dir/cat1
+		echo cp $srcdir/bmake.cat1 $man_dir/cat1/bmake.1
+	fi
+	if [ "$mksrc" ]; then
+		ev=`env | grep '_MK='`
+		echo $ev sh $mksrc/install-mk $mk_dir
+	fi
+    )
 }
 
 case $prefix/ in
 $HOME/*) ;;
 *)	CONFIGS=${CONFIGS:-/configs}
 	[ -d $CONFIGS ] &&
-	install_prefix $CONFIGS/$OS/$OSMAJOR.X/$MACHINE_ARCH$prefix
+	install_prefix mksrc= $CONFIGS/$OS/$OSMAJOR.X/$MACHINE_ARCH$prefix
 	# I like to keep a copy here...
-	install_prefix $HOME/$HOST_TARGET
+	install_prefix share_dir=$HOME/share $HOME/$HOST_TARGET
 	;;
 esac
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/buf.c b/devel/bmake/files/buf.c
index 53e623d03f3..5df1a688715 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/buf.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/buf.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -70,14 +70,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)buf.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -87,7 +87,6 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $");
  *	Functions for automatically-expanded buffers.
  */
 
-#include    "sprite.h"
 #include    "make.h"
 #include    "buf.h"
 
@@ -95,56 +94,22 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $");
 #define max(a,b)  ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
 #endif
 
-/*
- * BufExpand --
- * 	Expand the given buffer to hold the given number of additional
- *	bytes.
- *	Makes sure there's room for an extra NULL byte at the end of the
- *	buffer in case it holds a string.
- */
-#define BufExpand(bp,nb) \
- 	while (bp->left < (nb)+1) {\
-	    int newSize = (bp)->size * 2; \
-	    Byte  *newBuf = (Byte *)bmake_realloc((bp)->buffer, newSize); \
-	    \
-	    (bp)->inPtr = newBuf + ((bp)->inPtr - (bp)->buffer); \
-	    (bp)->outPtr = newBuf + ((bp)->outPtr - (bp)->buffer);\
-	    (bp)->buffer = newBuf;\
-	    (bp)->size = newSize;\
-	    (bp)->left = newSize - ((bp)->inPtr - (bp)->buffer);\
-	}
-
 #define BUF_DEF_SIZE	256 	/* Default buffer size */
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Buf_OvAddByte --
- *	Add a single byte to the buffer.  left is zero or negative.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- *	The buffer may be expanded.
+ * Buf_Expand_1 --
+ *	Extend buffer for single byte add.
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-Buf_OvAddByte(Buffer bp, int byte)
+Buf_Expand_1(Buffer *bp)
 {
-    int nbytes = 1;
-    bp->left = 0;
-    BufExpand(bp, nbytes);
-
-    *bp->inPtr++ = byte;
-    bp->left--;
-
-    /*
-     * Null-terminate
-     */
-    *bp->inPtr = 0;
+    bp->size += max(bp->size, 16);
+    bp->buffer = bmake_realloc(bp->buffer, bp->size);
 }
-
+
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * Buf_AddBytes --
@@ -159,21 +124,22 @@ Buf_OvAddByte(Buffer bp, int byte)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-Buf_AddBytes(Buffer bp, int numBytes, const Byte *bytesPtr)
+Buf_AddBytes(Buffer *bp, int numBytes, const Byte *bytesPtr)
 {
+    int count = bp->count;
+    Byte *ptr;
 
-    BufExpand(bp, numBytes);
-
-    memcpy(bp->inPtr, bytesPtr, numBytes);
-    bp->inPtr += numBytes;
-    bp->left -= numBytes;
+    if (__predict_false(count + numBytes >= bp->size)) {
+	bp->size += max(bp->size, numBytes + 16);
+	bp->buffer = bmake_realloc(bp->buffer, bp->size);
+    }
 
-    /*
-     * Null-terminate
-     */
-    *bp->inPtr = 0;
+    ptr = bp->buffer + count;
+    bp->count = count + numBytes;
+    ptr[numBytes] = 0;
+    memcpy(ptr, bytesPtr, numBytes);
 }
-
+
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * Buf_GetAll --
@@ -188,19 +154,18 @@ Buf_AddBytes(Buffer bp, int numBytes, const Byte *bytesPtr)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 Byte *
-Buf_GetAll(Buffer bp, int *numBytesPtr)
+Buf_GetAll(Buffer *bp, int *numBytesPtr)
 {
 
-    if (numBytesPtr != NULL) {
-	*numBytesPtr = bp->inPtr - bp->outPtr;
-    }
+    if (numBytesPtr != NULL)
+	*numBytesPtr = bp->count;
 
-    return (bp->outPtr);
+    return (bp->buffer);
 }
-
+
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Buf_Discard --
+ * Buf_Empty --
  *	Throw away bytes in a buffer.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -212,38 +177,13 @@ Buf_GetAll(Buffer bp, int *numBytesPtr)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-Buf_Discard(Buffer bp, int numBytes)
+Buf_Empty(Buffer *bp)
 {
 
-    if (bp->inPtr - bp->outPtr <= numBytes) {
-	bp->inPtr = bp->outPtr = bp->buffer;
-	bp->left = bp->size;
-	*bp->inPtr = 0;
-    } else {
-	bp->outPtr += numBytes;
-    }
-}
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Buf_Size --
- *	Returns the number of bytes in the given buffer. Doesn't include
- *	the null-terminating byte.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The number of bytes.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-int
-Buf_Size(Buffer buf)
-{
-    return (buf->inPtr - buf->outPtr);
+    bp->count = 0;
+    *bp->buffer = 0;
 }
-
+
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * Buf_Init --
@@ -262,24 +202,18 @@ Buf_Size(Buffer buf)
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-Buffer
-Buf_Init(int size)
+void
+Buf_Init(Buffer *bp, int size)
 {
-    Buffer bp;	  	/* New Buffer */
-
-    bp = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*bp));
-
     if (size <= 0) {
 	size = BUF_DEF_SIZE;
     }
-    bp->left = bp->size = size;
+    bp->size = size;
+    bp->count = 0;
     bp->buffer = bmake_malloc(size);
-    bp->inPtr = bp->outPtr = bp->buffer;
-    *bp->inPtr = 0;
-
-    return (bp);
+    *bp->buffer = 0;
 }
-
+
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * Buf_Destroy --
@@ -290,46 +224,27 @@ Buf_Init(int size)
  *	freeData	TRUE if the data should be destroyed
  *
  * Results:
- *	None.
+ *	Data buffer, NULL if freed
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	The buffer is freed.
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-void
-Buf_Destroy(Buffer buf, Boolean freeData)
+Byte *
+Buf_Destroy(Buffer *buf, Boolean freeData)
 {
+    Byte *data;
 
+    data = buf->buffer;
     if (freeData) {
-	free(buf->buffer);
+	free(data);
+	data = NULL;
     }
-    free(buf);
-}
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Buf_ReplaceLastByte --
- *     Replace the last byte in a buffer.
- *
- * Input:
- *	buf		buffer to augment
- *	byte		byte to be written
- *
- * Results:
- *     None.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- *     If the buffer was empty intially, then a new byte will be added.
- *     Otherwise, the last byte is overwritten.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-void
-Buf_ReplaceLastByte(Buffer buf, int byte)
-{
-    if (buf->inPtr == buf->outPtr)
-        Buf_AddByte(buf, byte);
-    else
-        *(buf->inPtr - 1) = byte;
+
+    buf->size = 0;
+    buf->count = 0;
+    buf->buffer = NULL;
+
+    return data;
 }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/buf.h b/devel/bmake/files/buf.h
index aa2f89b53c2..f35704e5fd0 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/buf.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/buf.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: buf.h,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: buf.h,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -80,32 +80,39 @@
 #ifndef _BUF_H
 #define _BUF_H
 
-#include    "sprite.h"
-
 typedef char Byte;
 
 typedef struct Buffer {
     int	    size; 	/* Current size of the buffer */
-    int     left;	/* Space left (== size - (inPtr - buffer)) */
-    Byte    *buffer;	/* The buffer itself */
-    Byte    *inPtr;	/* Place to write to */
-    Byte    *outPtr;	/* Place to read from */
-} *Buffer;
+    int     count;	/* Number of bytes in buffer */
+    Byte    *buffer;	/* The buffer itself (zero terminated) */
+} Buffer;
+
+/* If we aren't on netbsd, __predict_false() might not be defined. */
+#ifndef __predict_false
+#define __predict_false(x) (x)
+#endif
 
 /* Buf_AddByte adds a single byte to a buffer. */
-#define	Buf_AddByte(bp, byte) \
-	(void) (--(bp)->left <= 0 ? Buf_OvAddByte(bp, byte), 1 : \
-		(*(bp)->inPtr++ = (byte), *(bp)->inPtr = 0), 1)
+#define	Buf_AddByte(bp, byte) do { \
+	int _count = ++(bp)->count; \
+	char *_ptr; \
+	if (__predict_false(_count >= (bp)->size)) \
+		Buf_Expand_1(bp); \
+	_ptr = (bp)->buffer + _count; \
+	_ptr[-1] = (byte); \
+	_ptr[0] = 0; \
+    } while (0)
 
 #define BUF_ERROR 256
 
-void Buf_OvAddByte(Buffer, int);
-void Buf_AddBytes(Buffer, int, const Byte *);
-Byte *Buf_GetAll(Buffer, int *);
-void Buf_Discard(Buffer, int);
-int Buf_Size(Buffer);
-Buffer Buf_Init(int);
-void Buf_Destroy(Buffer, Boolean);
-void Buf_ReplaceLastByte(Buffer, int);
+#define Buf_Size(bp) ((bp)->count)
+
+void Buf_Expand_1(Buffer *);
+void Buf_AddBytes(Buffer *, int, const Byte *);
+Byte *Buf_GetAll(Buffer *, int *);
+void Buf_Empty(Buffer *);
+void Buf_Init(Buffer *, int);
+Byte *Buf_Destroy(Buffer *, Boolean);
 
 #endif /* _BUF_H */
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/compat.c b/devel/bmake/files/compat.c
index 1e929a1c3d3..64cc0ad078c 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/compat.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/compat.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -70,14 +70,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)compat.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $");
 
 static char 	    meta[256];
 
-static GNode	    *curTarg = NILGNODE;
+static GNode	    *curTarg = NULL;
 static GNode	    *ENDNode;
 static void CompatInterrupt(int);
 
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ CompatInterrupt(int signo)
 {
     GNode   *gn;
 
-    if ((curTarg != NILGNODE) && !Targ_Precious (curTarg)) {
+    if ((curTarg != NULL) && !Targ_Precious (curTarg)) {
 	char	  *p1;
 	char 	  *file = Var_Value(TARGET, curTarg, &p1);
 
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ CompatInterrupt(int signo)
 	 */
 	if (signo == SIGINT) {
 	    gn = Targ_FindNode(".INTERRUPT", TARG_NOCREATE);
-	    if (gn != NILGNODE) {
+	    if (gn != NULL) {
 		Compat_Make(gn, gn);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ CompatInterrupt(int signo)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 int
-CompatRunCommand(ClientData cmdp, ClientData gnp)
+CompatRunCommand(void *cmdp, void *gnp)
 {
     char    	  *cmdStart;	/* Start of expanded command */
     char 	  *cp, *bp;
@@ -214,8 +214,8 @@ CompatRunCommand(ClientData cmdp, ClientData gnp)
     volatile Boolean errCheck; 	/* Check errors */
     WAIT_T 	  reason;   	/* Reason for child's death */
     int	    	  status;   	/* Description of child's death */
-    int	    	  cpid;	    	/* Child actually found */
-    ReturnStatus  retstat;    	/* Status of fork */
+    pid_t	  cpid;	    	/* Child actually found */
+    pid_t	  retstat;    	/* Result of wait */
     LstNode 	  cmdNode;  	/* Node where current command is located */
     const char  ** volatile av;	/* Argument vector for thing to exec */
     char	** volatile mav;/* Copy of the argument vector for freeing */
@@ -246,15 +246,15 @@ CompatRunCommand(ClientData cmdp, ClientData gnp)
 	free(cmdStart);
 	Error("%s expands to empty string", cmd);
 	return(0);
-    } else {
-	cmd = cmdStart;
     }
+    cmd = cmdStart;
     Lst_Replace(cmdNode, cmdStart);
 
     if ((gn->type & OP_SAVE_CMDS) && (gn != ENDNode)) {
 	(void)Lst_AtEnd(ENDNode->commands, cmdStart);
 	return(0);
-    } else if (strcmp(cmdStart, "...") == 0) {
+    }
+    if (strcmp(cmdStart, "...") == 0) {
 	gn->type |= OP_SAVE_CMDS;
 	return(0);
     }
@@ -315,7 +315,10 @@ CompatRunCommand(ClientData cmdp, ClientData gnp)
     if (!doIt && NoExecute(gn)) {
 	return (0);
     }
+    if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Execute: '%s'\n", cmd);
 
+again:
     if (useShell) {
 	/*
 	 * We need to pass the command off to the shell, typically
@@ -342,7 +345,11 @@ CompatRunCommand(ClientData cmdp, ClientData gnp)
 	 * No meta-characters, so no need to exec a shell. Break the command
 	 * into words to form an argument vector we can execute.
 	 */
-	mav =  brk_string(cmd, &argc, TRUE, &bp);
+	mav = brk_string(cmd, &argc, TRUE, &bp);
+	if (mav == NULL) {
+		useShell = 1;
+		goto again;
+	}
 	av = (const char **)mav;
     }
 
@@ -459,7 +466,7 @@ CompatRunCommand(ClientData cmdp, ClientData gnp)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 int
-Compat_Make(ClientData gnp, ClientData pgnp)
+Compat_Make(void *gnp, void *pgnp)
 {
     GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
     GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
@@ -486,7 +493,7 @@ Compat_Make(ClientData gnp, ClientData pgnp)
 	    goto cohorts;
 	}
 
-	if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NILLNODE) {
+	if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NULL) {
 	    char *p1;
 	    Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), pgn, 0);
 	    if (p1)
@@ -546,7 +553,7 @@ Compat_Make(ClientData gnp, ClientData pgnp)
 	    if (!touchFlag || (gn->type & OP_MAKE)) {
 		curTarg = gn;
 		Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, CompatRunCommand, gn);
-		curTarg = NILGNODE;
+		curTarg = NULL;
 	    } else {
 		Job_Touch(gn, gn->type & OP_SILENT);
 	    }
@@ -580,7 +587,7 @@ Compat_Make(ClientData gnp, ClientData pgnp)
 	 */
 	pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
     } else {
-	if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NILLNODE) {
+	if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NULL) {
 	    char *p1;
 	    Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), pgn, 0);
 	    if (p1)
@@ -658,7 +665,7 @@ Compat_Run(Lst targs)
      */
     if (!queryFlag) {
 	gn = Targ_FindNode(".BEGIN", TARG_NOCREATE);
-	if (gn != NILGNODE) {
+	if (gn != NULL) {
 	    Compat_Make(gn, gn);
             if (gn->made == ERROR) {
                 PrintOnError("\n\nStop.");
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/cond.c b/devel/bmake/files/cond.c
index 6fe11700b50..18a0054aed1 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/cond.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/cond.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -70,14 +70,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cond.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -92,6 +92,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $");
  */
 
 #include    <ctype.h>
+#include    <errno.h>    /* For strtoul() error checking */
 
 #include    "make.h"
 #include    "hash.h"
@@ -123,15 +124,16 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:17 joerg Exp $");
  * is applied.
  *
  * Tokens are scanned from the 'condExpr' string. The scanner (CondToken)
- * will return And for '&' and '&&', Or for '|' and '||', Not for '!',
- * LParen for '(', RParen for ')' and will evaluate the other terminal
+ * will return TOK_AND for '&' and '&&', TOK_OR for '|' and '||', TOK_NOT for '!',
+ * TOK_LPAREN for '(', TOK_RPAREN for ')' and will evaluate the other terminal
  * symbols, using either the default function or the function given in the
- * terminal, and return the result as either True or False.
+ * terminal, and return the result as either TOK_TRUE or TOK_FALSE.
  *
- * All Non-Terminal functions (CondE, CondF and CondT) return Err on error.
+ * All Non-Terminal functions (CondE, CondF and CondT) return TOK_ERROR on error.
  */
 typedef enum {
-    And, Or, Not, True, False, LParen, RParen, EndOfFile, None, Err
+    TOK_AND, TOK_OR, TOK_NOT, TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE, TOK_LPAREN, TOK_RPAREN,
+    TOK_EOF, TOK_NONE, TOK_ERROR
 } Token;
 
 /*-
@@ -139,24 +141,25 @@ typedef enum {
  * last two fields are stored in condInvert and condDefProc, respectively.
  */
 static void CondPushBack(Token);
-static int CondGetArg(char **, char **, const char *, Boolean);
-static Boolean CondDoDefined(int, char *);
-static int CondStrMatch(ClientData, ClientData);
-static Boolean CondDoMake(int, char *);
-static Boolean CondDoExists(int, char *);
-static Boolean CondDoTarget(int, char *);
-static Boolean CondDoCommands(int, char *);
-static char * CondCvtArg(char *, double *);
+static int CondGetArg(char **, char **, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoDefined(int, const char *);
+static int CondStrMatch(const void *, const void *);
+static Boolean CondDoMake(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoExists(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoTarget(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoCommands(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondCvtArg(char *, double *);
 static Token CondToken(Boolean);
 static Token CondT(Boolean);
 static Token CondF(Boolean);
 static Token CondE(Boolean);
+static int do_Cond_EvalExpression(Boolean *);
 
 static const struct If {
     const char	*form;	      /* Form of if */
     int		formlen;      /* Length of form */
     Boolean	doNot;	      /* TRUE if default function should be negated */
-    Boolean	(*defProc)(int, char *); /* Default function to apply */
+    Boolean	(*defProc)(int, const char *); /* Default function to apply */
 } ifs[] = {
     { "def",	  3,	  FALSE,  CondDoDefined },
     { "ndef",	  4,	  TRUE,	  CondDoDefined },
@@ -166,10 +169,9 @@ static const struct If {
     { NULL,	  0,	  FALSE,  NULL }
 };
 
-static Boolean	  condInvert;	    	/* Invert the default function */
-static Boolean	  (*condDefProc)(int, char *);	/* Default function to apply */
+static const struct If *if_info;        /* Info for current statement */
 static char 	  *condExpr;	    	/* The expression to parse */
-static Token	  condPushBack=None;	/* Single push-back token used in
+static Token	  condPushBack=TOK_NONE;	/* Single push-back token used in
 					 * parsing */
 
 static unsigned int	cond_depth = 0;  	/* current .if nesting level */
@@ -222,21 +224,18 @@ CondPushBack(Token t)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-CondGetArg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func, Boolean parens)
+CondGetArg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func)
 {
     char	  *cp;
     int	    	  argLen;
     Buffer	  buf;
+    int           paren_depth;
+    char          ch;
 
     cp = *linePtr;
-    if (parens) {
-	while (*cp != '(' && *cp != '\0') {
-	    cp++;
-	}
-	if (*cp == '(') {
-	    cp++;
-	}
-    }
+    if (func != NULL)
+	/* Skip opening '(' - verfied by caller */
+	cp++;
 
     if (*cp == '\0') {
 	/*
@@ -257,9 +256,15 @@ CondGetArg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func, Boolean parens)
      * Create a buffer for the argument and start it out at 16 characters
      * long. Why 16? Why not?
      */
-    buf = Buf_Init(16);
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 16);
 
-    while ((strchr(" \t)&|", *cp) == NULL) && (*cp != '\0')) {
+    paren_depth = 0;
+    for (;;) {
+	ch = *cp;
+	if (ch == 0 || ch == ' ' || ch == '\t')
+	    break;
+	if ((ch == '&' || ch == '|') && paren_depth == 0)
+	    break;
 	if (*cp == '$') {
 	    /*
 	     * Parse the variable spec and install it as part of the argument
@@ -272,32 +277,32 @@ CondGetArg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func, Boolean parens)
 	    void	*freeIt;
 
 	    cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, VAR_CMD, TRUE, &len, &freeIt);
-	    Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(cp2), (Byte *)cp2);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
 	    if (freeIt)
 		free(freeIt);
 	    cp += len;
-	} else {
-	    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*cp);
-	    cp++;
+	    continue;
 	}
+	if (ch == '(')
+	    paren_depth++;
+	else
+	    if (ch == ')' && --paren_depth < 0)
+		break;
+	Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+	cp++;
     }
 
-    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)'\0');
-    *argPtr = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, &argLen);
-    Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
+    *argPtr = Buf_GetAll(&buf, &argLen);
+    Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
 
     while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
 	cp++;
     }
-    if (parens && *cp != ')') {
+
+    if (func != NULL && *cp++ != ')') {
 	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Missing closing parenthesis for %s()",
 		     func);
 	return (0);
-    } else if (parens) {
-	/*
-	 * Advance pointer past close parenthesis.
-	 */
-	cp++;
     }
 
     *linePtr = cp;
@@ -318,13 +323,11 @@ CondGetArg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func, Boolean parens)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Boolean
-CondDoDefined(int argLen, char *arg)
+CondDoDefined(int argLen, const char *arg)
 {
-    char    savec = arg[argLen];
     char    *p1;
     Boolean result;
 
-    arg[argLen] = '\0';
     if (Var_Value(arg, VAR_CMD, &p1) != NULL) {
 	result = TRUE;
     } else {
@@ -332,7 +335,6 @@ CondDoDefined(int argLen, char *arg)
     }
     if (p1)
 	free(p1);
-    arg[argLen] = savec;
     return (result);
 }
 
@@ -351,9 +353,9 @@ CondDoDefined(int argLen, char *arg)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-CondStrMatch(ClientData string, ClientData pattern)
+CondStrMatch(const void *string, const void *pattern)
 {
-    return(!Str_Match((char *)string,(char *)pattern));
+    return(!Str_Match(string, pattern));
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -370,19 +372,9 @@ CondStrMatch(ClientData string, ClientData pattern)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Boolean
-CondDoMake(int argLen, char *arg)
+CondDoMake(int argLen, const char *arg)
 {
-    char    savec = arg[argLen];
-    Boolean result;
-
-    arg[argLen] = '\0';
-    if (Lst_Find(create, arg, CondStrMatch) == NILLNODE) {
-	result = FALSE;
-    } else {
-	result = TRUE;
-    }
-    arg[argLen] = savec;
-    return (result);
+    return Lst_Find(create, arg, CondStrMatch) != NULL;
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -399,13 +391,11 @@ CondDoMake(int argLen, char *arg)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Boolean
-CondDoExists(int argLen, char *arg)
+CondDoExists(int argLen, const char *arg)
 {
-    char    savec = arg[argLen];
     Boolean result;
     char    *path;
 
-    arg[argLen] = '\0';
     path = Dir_FindFile(arg, dirSearchPath);
     if (path != NULL) {
 	result = TRUE;
@@ -413,7 +403,6 @@ CondDoExists(int argLen, char *arg)
     } else {
 	result = FALSE;
     }
-    arg[argLen] = savec;
     if (DEBUG(COND)) {
 	fprintf(debug_file, "exists(%s) result is \"%s\"\n",
 	       arg, path ? path : "");
@@ -435,21 +424,12 @@ CondDoExists(int argLen, char *arg)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Boolean
-CondDoTarget(int argLen, char *arg)
+CondDoTarget(int argLen, const char *arg)
 {
-    char    savec = arg[argLen];
-    Boolean result;
     GNode   *gn;
 
-    arg[argLen] = '\0';
     gn = Targ_FindNode(arg, TARG_NOCREATE);
-    if ((gn != NILGNODE) && !OP_NOP(gn->type)) {
-	result = TRUE;
-    } else {
-	result = FALSE;
-    }
-    arg[argLen] = savec;
-    return (result);
+    return (gn != NULL) && !OP_NOP(gn->type);
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -468,67 +448,51 @@ CondDoTarget(int argLen, char *arg)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Boolean
-CondDoCommands(int argLen, char *arg)
+CondDoCommands(int argLen, const char *arg)
 {
-    char    savec = arg[argLen];
-    Boolean result;
     GNode   *gn;
 
-    arg[argLen] = '\0';
     gn = Targ_FindNode(arg, TARG_NOCREATE);
-    if ((gn != NILGNODE) && !OP_NOP(gn->type) && !Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands)) {
-	result = TRUE;
-    } else {
-	result = FALSE;
-    }
-    arg[argLen] = savec;
-    return (result);
+    return (gn != NULL) && !OP_NOP(gn->type) && !Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands);
 }
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * CondCvtArg --
- *	Convert the given number into a double. If the number begins
- *	with 0x, it is interpreted as a hexadecimal integer
- *	and converted to a double from there. All other strings just have
- *	strtod called on them.
+ *	Convert the given number into a double.
+ *	We try a base 10 or 16 integer conversion first, if that fails
+ *	then we try a floating point conversion instead.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Sets 'value' to double value of string.
- *	Returns NULL if string was fully consumed,
- *	else returns remaining input.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- *	Can change 'value' even if string is not a valid number.
- *
+ *	Returns 'true' if the convertion suceeded
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-static char *
+static Boolean
 CondCvtArg(char *str, double *value)
 {
-    if ((*str == '0') && (str[1] == 'x')) {
-	long i;
-
-	for (str += 2, i = 0; *str; str++) {
-	    int x;
-	    if (isdigit((unsigned char) *str))
-		x  = *str - '0';
-	    else if (isxdigit((unsigned char) *str))
-		x = 10 + *str - isupper((unsigned char) *str) ? 'A' : 'a';
-	    else
-		break;
-	    i = (i << 4) + x;
-	}
-	*value = (double) i;
-	return *str ? str : NULL;
+    char *eptr, ech;
+    unsigned long l_val;
+    double d_val;
+
+    errno = 0;
+    l_val = strtoul(str, &eptr, str[1] == 'x' ? 16 : 10);
+    ech = *eptr;
+    if (ech == 0 && errno != ERANGE) {
+	d_val = str[0] == '-' ? -(double)-l_val : (double)l_val;
     } else {
-	char *eptr;
-	*value = strtod(str, &eptr);
-	return *eptr ? eptr : NULL;
+	if (ech != 0 && ech != '.' && ech != 'e' && ech != 'E')
+	    return FALSE;
+	d_val = strtod(str, &eptr);
+	if (*eptr)
+	    return FALSE;
     }
+
+    *value = d_val;
+    return TRUE;
 }
-
+
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * CondGetString --
@@ -558,7 +522,7 @@ CondGetString(Boolean doEval, Boolean *quoted, void **freeIt)
     int qt;
     char *start;
 
-    buf = Buf_Init(0);
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
     str = NULL;
     *freeIt = NULL;
     *quoted = qt = *condExpr == '"' ? 1 : 0;
@@ -569,7 +533,7 @@ CondGetString(Boolean doEval, Boolean *quoted, void **freeIt)
 	case '\\':
 	    if (condExpr[1] != '\0') {
 		condExpr++;
-		Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*condExpr);
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
 	    }
 	    break;
 	case '"':
@@ -577,7 +541,7 @@ CondGetString(Boolean doEval, Boolean *quoted, void **freeIt)
 		condExpr++;		/* we don't want the quotes */
 		goto got_str;
 	    } else
-		Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*condExpr); /* likely? */
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr); /* likely? */
 	    break;
 	case ')':
 	case '!':
@@ -589,7 +553,7 @@ CondGetString(Boolean doEval, Boolean *quoted, void **freeIt)
 	    if (!qt)
 		goto got_str;
 	    else
-		Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*condExpr);
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
 	    break;
 	case '$':
 	    /* if we are in quotes, then an undefined variable is ok */
@@ -623,7 +587,7 @@ CondGetString(Boolean doEval, Boolean *quoted, void **freeIt)
 	     * Nope, we better copy str to buf
 	     */
 	    for (cp = str; *cp; cp++) {
-		Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*cp);
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
 	    }
 	    if (*freeIt) {
 		free(*freeIt);
@@ -633,16 +597,15 @@ CondGetString(Boolean doEval, Boolean *quoted, void **freeIt)
 	    condExpr--;			/* don't skip over next char */
 	    break;
 	default:
-	    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*condExpr);
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
 	    break;
 	}
     }
  got_str:
-    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)'\0');
-    str = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, NULL);
+    str = Buf_GetAll(&buf, NULL);
     *freeIt = str;
  cleanup:
-    Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
+    Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
     return str;
 }
 
@@ -655,381 +618,367 @@ CondGetString(Boolean doEval, Boolean *quoted, void **freeIt)
  *	A Token for the next lexical token in the stream.
  *
  * Side Effects:
- *	condPushback will be set back to None if it is used.
+ *	condPushback will be set back to TOK_NONE if it is used.
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Token
-CondToken(Boolean doEval)
+compare_expression(Boolean doEval)
 {
-    Token	  t;
+    Token	t;
+    char	*lhs;
+    char	*rhs;
+    char	*op;
+    void	*lhsFree;
+    void	*rhsFree;
+    Boolean lhsQuoted;
+    Boolean rhsQuoted;
+    double  	left, right;
+
+    t = TOK_ERROR;
+    rhs = NULL;
+    lhsFree = rhsFree = FALSE;
+    lhsQuoted = rhsQuoted = FALSE;
+    
+    /*
+     * Parse the variable spec and skip over it, saving its
+     * value in lhs.
+     */
+    lhs = CondGetString(doEval, &lhsQuoted, &lhsFree);
+    if (!lhs)
+	goto done;
 
-    if (condPushBack == None) {
-	while (*condExpr == ' ' || *condExpr == '\t') {
-	    condExpr++;
-	}
-	switch (*condExpr) {
-	    case '(':
-		t = LParen;
-		condExpr++;
-		break;
-	    case ')':
-		t = RParen;
-		condExpr++;
-		break;
-	    case '|':
-		if (condExpr[1] == '|') {
-		    condExpr++;
-		}
-		condExpr++;
-		t = Or;
-		break;
-	    case '&':
-		if (condExpr[1] == '&') {
-		    condExpr++;
-		}
-		condExpr++;
-		t = And;
-		break;
-	    case '!':
-		t = Not;
-		condExpr++;
-		break;
-	    case '#':
-	    case '\n':
-	    case '\0':
-		t = EndOfFile;
-		break;
-	    case '"':
-	    case '$': {
-		char	*lhs;
-		char	*rhs;
-		char	*op;
-		void	*lhsFree;
-		void	*rhsFree;
-		Boolean lhsQuoted;
-		Boolean rhsQuoted;
-
-do_compare_setup:
-
-		rhs = NULL;
-		lhsFree = rhsFree = FALSE;
-		lhsQuoted = rhsQuoted = FALSE;
-		
-		/*
-		 * Parse the variable spec and skip over it, saving its
-		 * value in lhs.
-		 */
-		t = Err;
-		lhs = CondGetString(doEval, &lhsQuoted, &lhsFree);
-		if (!lhs) {
-		    if (lhsFree)
-			free(lhsFree);
-		    return Err;
-		}
-		/*
-		 * Skip whitespace to get to the operator
-		 */
-		while (isspace((unsigned char) *condExpr))
-		    condExpr++;
+    /*
+     * Skip whitespace to get to the operator
+     */
+    while (isspace((unsigned char) *condExpr))
+	condExpr++;
 
-		/*
-		 * Make sure the operator is a valid one. If it isn't a
-		 * known relational operator, pretend we got a
-		 * != 0 comparison.
-		 */
-		op = condExpr;
-		switch (*condExpr) {
-		    case '!':
-		    case '=':
-		    case '<':
-		    case '>':
-			if (condExpr[1] == '=') {
-			    condExpr += 2;
-			} else {
-			    condExpr += 1;
-			}
-			break;
-		    default:
-			op = UNCONST("!=");
-			if (lhsQuoted)
-			    rhs = UNCONST("");
-			else
-			    rhs = UNCONST("0");
-
-			goto do_compare;
-		}
-		while (isspace((unsigned char) *condExpr)) {
-		    condExpr++;
-		}
-		if (*condExpr == '\0') {
-		    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
-				"Missing right-hand-side of operator");
-		    goto error;
-		}
-		rhs = CondGetString(doEval, &rhsQuoted, &rhsFree);
-		if (!rhs) {
-		    if (lhsFree)
-			free(lhsFree);
-		    if (rhsFree)
-			free(rhsFree);
-		    return Err;
-		}
-do_compare:
-		if (rhsQuoted || lhsQuoted) {
-do_string_compare:
-		    if (((*op != '!') && (*op != '=')) || (op[1] != '=')) {
-			Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
-		"String comparison operator should be either == or !=");
-			goto error;
-		    }
-
-		    if (DEBUG(COND)) {
-			fprintf(debug_file, "lhs = \"%s\", rhs = \"%s\", op = %.2s\n",
-			       lhs, rhs, op);
-		    }
-		    /*
-		     * Null-terminate rhs and perform the comparison.
-		     * t is set to the result.
-		     */
-		    if (*op == '=') {
-			t = strcmp(lhs, rhs) ? False : True;
-		    } else {
-			t = strcmp(lhs, rhs) ? True : False;
-		    }
-		} else {
-		    /*
-		     * rhs is either a float or an integer. Convert both the
-		     * lhs and the rhs to a double and compare the two.
-		     */
-		    double  	left, right;
-		    char	*cp;
-		
-		    if (CondCvtArg(lhs, &left))
-			goto do_string_compare;
-		    if ((cp = CondCvtArg(rhs, &right)) &&
-			    cp == rhs)
-			goto do_string_compare;
-
-		    if (DEBUG(COND)) {
-			fprintf(debug_file, "left = %f, right = %f, op = %.2s\n", left,
-			       right, op);
-		    }
-		    switch(op[0]) {
-		    case '!':
-			if (op[1] != '=') {
-			    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
-					"Unknown operator");
-			    goto error;
-			}
-			t = (left != right ? True : False);
-			break;
-		    case '=':
-			if (op[1] != '=') {
-			    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
-					"Unknown operator");
-			    goto error;
-			}
-			t = (left == right ? True : False);
-			break;
-		    case '<':
-			if (op[1] == '=') {
-			    t = (left <= right ? True : False);
-			} else {
-			    t = (left < right ? True : False);
-			}
-			break;
-		    case '>':
-			if (op[1] == '=') {
-			    t = (left >= right ? True : False);
-			} else {
-			    t = (left > right ? True : False);
-			}
-			break;
-		    }
-		}
-error:
-		if (lhsFree)
-		    free(lhsFree);
-		if (rhsFree)
-		    free(rhsFree);
-		break;
+    /*
+     * Make sure the operator is a valid one. If it isn't a
+     * known relational operator, pretend we got a
+     * != 0 comparison.
+     */
+    op = condExpr;
+    switch (*condExpr) {
+	case '!':
+	case '=':
+	case '<':
+	case '>':
+	    if (condExpr[1] == '=') {
+		condExpr += 2;
+	    } else {
+		condExpr += 1;
 	    }
-	    default: {
-		Boolean (*evalProc)(int, char *);
-		Boolean invert = FALSE;
-		char	*arg = NULL;
-		int	arglen = 0;
-
-		if (istoken(condExpr, "defined", 7)) {
-		    /*
-		     * Use CondDoDefined to evaluate the argument and
-		     * CondGetArg to extract the argument from the 'function
-		     * call'.
-		     */
-		    evalProc = CondDoDefined;
-		    condExpr += 7;
-		    arglen = CondGetArg(&condExpr, &arg, "defined", TRUE);
-		    if (arglen == 0) {
-			condExpr -= 7;
-			goto use_default;
-		    }
-		} else if (istoken(condExpr, "make", 4)) {
-		    /*
-		     * Use CondDoMake to evaluate the argument and
-		     * CondGetArg to extract the argument from the 'function
-		     * call'.
-		     */
-		    evalProc = CondDoMake;
-		    condExpr += 4;
-		    arglen = CondGetArg(&condExpr, &arg, "make", TRUE);
-		    if (arglen == 0) {
-			condExpr -= 4;
-			goto use_default;
-		    }
-		} else if (istoken(condExpr, "exists", 6)) {
-		    /*
-		     * Use CondDoExists to evaluate the argument and
-		     * CondGetArg to extract the argument from the
-		     * 'function call'.
-		     */
-		    evalProc = CondDoExists;
-		    condExpr += 6;
-		    arglen = CondGetArg(&condExpr, &arg, "exists", TRUE);
-		    if (arglen == 0) {
-			condExpr -= 6;
-			goto use_default;
-		    }
-		} else if (istoken(condExpr, "empty", 5)) {
-		    /*
-		     * Use Var_Parse to parse the spec in parens and return
-		     * True if the resulting string is empty.
-		     */
-		    int	    did_warn, length;
-		    void    *freeIt;
-		    char    *val;
-
-		    condExpr += 5;
-
-		    did_warn = 0;
-		    for (arglen = 0; condExpr[arglen] != '\0'; arglen += 1) {
-			if (condExpr[arglen] == '(')
-			    break;
-			if (!isspace((unsigned char)condExpr[arglen]) &&
-			    !did_warn) {
-
-			    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
-				"Extra characters after \"empty\"");
-			    did_warn = 1;
-			}
-		    }
-
-		    if (condExpr[arglen] != '\0') {
-			val = Var_Parse(&condExpr[arglen - 1], VAR_CMD,
-					FALSE, &length, &freeIt);
-			if (val == var_Error) {
-			    t = Err;
-			} else {
-			    /*
-			     * A variable is empty when it just contains
-			     * spaces... 4/15/92, christos
-			     */
-			    char *p;
-			    for (p = val; *p && isspace((unsigned char)*p); p++)
-				continue;
-			    t = (*p == '\0') ? True : False;
-			}
-			if (freeIt) {
-			    free(freeIt);
-			}
-			/*
-			 * Advance condExpr to beyond the closing ). Note that
-			 * we subtract one from arglen + length b/c length
-			 * is calculated from condExpr[arglen - 1].
-			 */
-			condExpr += arglen + length - 1;
-		    } else {
-			condExpr -= 5;
-			goto use_default;
-		    }
-		    break;
-		} else if (istoken(condExpr, "target", 6)) {
-		    /*
-		     * Use CondDoTarget to evaluate the argument and
-		     * CondGetArg to extract the argument from the
-		     * 'function call'.
-		     */
-		    evalProc = CondDoTarget;
-		    condExpr += 6;
-		    arglen = CondGetArg(&condExpr, &arg, "target", TRUE);
-		    if (arglen == 0) {
-			condExpr -= 6;
-			goto use_default;
-		    }
-		} else if (istoken(condExpr, "commands", 8)) {
-		    /*
-		     * Use CondDoCommands to evaluate the argument and
-		     * CondGetArg to extract the argument from the
-		     * 'function call'.
-		     */
-		    evalProc = CondDoCommands;
-		    condExpr += 8;
-		    arglen = CondGetArg(&condExpr, &arg, "commands", TRUE);
-		    if (arglen == 0) {
-			condExpr -= 8;
-			goto use_default;
-		    }
-		} else {
-		    /*
-		     * The symbol is itself the argument to the default
-		     * function. We advance condExpr to the end of the symbol
-		     * by hand (the next whitespace, closing paren or
-		     * binary operator) and set to invert the evaluation
-		     * function if condInvert is TRUE.
-		     */
-		    if (isdigit((unsigned char)condExpr[0])) {
-			/*
-			 * Variables may already be substituted
-			 * by the time we get here.
-			 */
-			goto do_compare_setup;
-		    }
-		use_default:
-		    invert = condInvert;
-		    evalProc = condDefProc;
-		    arglen = CondGetArg(&condExpr, &arg, "", FALSE);
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Evaluate the argument using the set function. If invert
-		 * is TRUE, we invert the sense of the function.
-		 */
-		t = (!doEval || (* evalProc) (arglen, arg) ?
-		     (invert ? False : True) :
-		     (invert ? True : False));
-		if (arg)
-		    free(arg);
-		break;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    if (!doEval) {
+		t = TOK_FALSE;
+		goto done;
 	    }
+	    /* For .ifxxx "..." check for non-empty string. */
+	    if (lhsQuoted) {
+		t = lhs[0] != 0 ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    /* For .ifxxx <number> compare against zero */
+	    if (CondCvtArg(lhs, &left)) { 
+		t = left != 0.0 ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    /* For .if ${...} check for non-empty string (defProc is ifdef). */
+	    if (if_info->form[0] == 0) {
+		t = lhs[0] != 0 ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    /* Otherwise action default test ... */
+	    t = if_info->defProc(strlen(lhs), lhs) != if_info->doNot ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE;
+	    goto done;
+    }
+
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*condExpr))
+	condExpr++;
+
+    if (*condExpr == '\0') {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+		    "Missing right-hand-side of operator");
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    rhs = CondGetString(doEval, &rhsQuoted, &rhsFree);
+    if (!rhs)
+	goto done;
+
+    if (rhsQuoted || lhsQuoted) {
+do_string_compare:
+	if (((*op != '!') && (*op != '=')) || (op[1] != '=')) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+    "String comparison operator should be either == or !=");
+	    goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (DEBUG(COND)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "lhs = \"%s\", rhs = \"%s\", op = %.2s\n",
+		   lhs, rhs, op);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Null-terminate rhs and perform the comparison.
+	 * t is set to the result.
+	 */
+	if (*op == '=') {
+	    t = strcmp(lhs, rhs) ? TOK_FALSE : TOK_TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    t = strcmp(lhs, rhs) ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE;
 	}
     } else {
-	t = condPushBack;
-	condPushBack = None;
+	/*
+	 * rhs is either a float or an integer. Convert both the
+	 * lhs and the rhs to a double and compare the two.
+	 */
+    
+	if (!CondCvtArg(lhs, &left) || !CondCvtArg(rhs, &right))
+	    goto do_string_compare;
+
+	if (DEBUG(COND)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "left = %f, right = %f, op = %.2s\n", left,
+		   right, op);
+	}
+	switch(op[0]) {
+	case '!':
+	    if (op[1] != '=') {
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+			    "Unknown operator");
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    t = (left != right ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE);
+	    break;
+	case '=':
+	    if (op[1] != '=') {
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+			    "Unknown operator");
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    t = (left == right ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE);
+	    break;
+	case '<':
+	    if (op[1] == '=') {
+		t = (left <= right ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE);
+	    } else {
+		t = (left < right ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case '>':
+	    if (op[1] == '=') {
+		t = (left >= right ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE);
+	    } else {
+		t = (left > right ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
     }
-    return (t);
+
+done:
+    if (lhsFree)
+	free(lhsFree);
+    if (rhsFree)
+	free(rhsFree);
+    return t;
 }
-
+
+static int
+get_mpt_arg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func)
+{
+    /*
+     * Use Var_Parse to parse the spec in parens and return
+     * TOK_TRUE if the resulting string is empty.
+     */
+    int	    length;
+    void    *freeIt;
+    char    *val;
+    char    *cp = *linePtr;
+
+    /* We do all the work here and return the result as the length */
+    *argPtr = NULL;
+
+    val = Var_Parse(cp - 1, VAR_CMD, FALSE, &length, &freeIt);
+    /*
+     * Advance *linePtr to beyond the closing ). Note that
+     * we subtract one because 'length' is calculated from 'cp - 1'.
+     */
+    *linePtr = cp - 1 + length;
+
+    if (val == var_Error) {
+	free(freeIt);
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* A variable is empty when it just contains spaces... 4/15/92, christos */
+    while (isspace(*(unsigned char *)val))
+	val++;
+
+    /*
+     * For consistency with the other functions we can't generate the
+     * true/false here.
+     */
+    length = *val ? 2 : 1;
+    if (freeIt)
+	free(freeIt);
+    return length;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+CondDoEmpty(int arglen, const char *arg)
+{
+    return arglen == 1;
+}
+
+static Token
+compare_function(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    static const struct fn_def {
+	const char  *fn_name;
+	int         fn_name_len;
+        int         (*fn_getarg)(char **, char **, const char *);
+	Boolean     (*fn_proc)(int, const char *);
+    } fn_defs[] = {
+	{ "defined",   7, CondGetArg, CondDoDefined },
+	{ "make",      4, CondGetArg, CondDoMake },
+	{ "exists",    6, CondGetArg, CondDoExists },
+	{ "empty",     5, get_mpt_arg, CondDoEmpty },
+	{ "target",    6, CondGetArg, CondDoTarget },
+	{ "commands",  8, CondGetArg, CondDoCommands },
+	{ NULL,        0, NULL, NULL },
+    };
+    const struct fn_def *fn_def;
+    Token	t;
+    char	*arg = NULL;
+    int	arglen;
+    char *cp = condExpr;
+    char *cp1;
+
+    for (fn_def = fn_defs; fn_def->fn_name != NULL; fn_def++) {
+	if (!istoken(cp, fn_def->fn_name, fn_def->fn_name_len))
+	    continue;
+	cp += fn_def->fn_name_len;
+	/* There can only be whitespace before the '(' */
+	while (isspace(*(unsigned char *)cp))
+	    cp++;
+	if (*cp != '(')
+	    break;
+
+	arglen = fn_def->fn_getarg(&cp, &arg, fn_def->fn_name);
+	if (arglen <= 0) {
+	    condExpr = cp;
+	    return arglen < 0 ? TOK_ERROR : TOK_FALSE;
+	}
+	/* Evaluate the argument using the required function. */
+	t = !doEval || fn_def->fn_proc(arglen, arg) ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE;
+	if (arg)
+	    free(arg);
+	condExpr = cp;
+	return t;
+    }
+
+    /* Push anything numeric through the compare expression */
+    cp = condExpr;
+    if (isdigit((unsigned char)cp[0]) || strchr("+-", cp[0]))
+	return compare_expression(doEval);
+
+    /*
+     * Most likely we have a naked token to apply the default function to.
+     * However ".if a == b" gets here when the "a" is unquoted and doesn't
+     * start with a '$'. This surprises people.
+     * If what follows the function argument is a '=' or '!' then the syntax
+     * would be invalid if we did "defined(a)" - so instead treat as an
+     * expression.
+     */
+    arglen = CondGetArg(&cp, &arg, NULL);
+    for (cp1 = cp; isspace(*(unsigned char *)cp1); cp1++)
+	continue;
+    if (*cp1 == '=' || *cp1 == '!')
+	return compare_expression(doEval);
+    condExpr = cp;
+
+    /*
+     * Evaluate the argument using the default function.
+     * This path always treats .if as .ifdef. To get here the character
+     * after .if must have been taken literally, so the argument cannot
+     * be empty - even if it contained a variable expansion.
+     */
+    t = !doEval || if_info->defProc(arglen, arg) != if_info->doNot ? TOK_TRUE : TOK_FALSE;
+    if (arg)
+	free(arg);
+    return t;
+}
+
+static Token
+CondToken(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    Token t;
+
+    t = condPushBack;
+    if (t != TOK_NONE) {
+	condPushBack = TOK_NONE;
+	return t;
+    }
+
+    while (*condExpr == ' ' || *condExpr == '\t') {
+	condExpr++;
+    }
+
+    switch (*condExpr) {
+
+    case '(':
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_LPAREN;
+
+    case ')':
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_RPAREN;
+
+    case '|':
+	if (condExpr[1] == '|') {
+	    condExpr++;
+	}
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_OR;
+
+    case '&':
+	if (condExpr[1] == '&') {
+	    condExpr++;
+	}
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_AND;
+
+    case '!':
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_NOT;
+
+    case '#':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+	return TOK_EOF;
+
+    case '"':
+    case '$':
+	return compare_expression(doEval);
+
+    default:
+	return compare_function(doEval);
+    }
+}
+
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * CondT --
  *	Parse a single term in the expression. This consists of a terminal
- *	symbol or Not and a terminal symbol (not including the binary
+ *	symbol or TOK_NOT and a terminal symbol (not including the binary
  *	operators):
  *	    T -> defined(variable) | make(target) | exists(file) | symbol
  *	    T -> ! T | ( E )
  *
  * Results:
- *	True, False or Err.
+ *	TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR.
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	Tokens are consumed.
@@ -1043,28 +992,28 @@ CondT(Boolean doEval)
 
     t = CondToken(doEval);
 
-    if (t == EndOfFile) {
+    if (t == TOK_EOF) {
 	/*
 	 * If we reached the end of the expression, the expression
 	 * is malformed...
 	 */
-	t = Err;
-    } else if (t == LParen) {
+	t = TOK_ERROR;
+    } else if (t == TOK_LPAREN) {
 	/*
 	 * T -> ( E )
 	 */
 	t = CondE(doEval);
-	if (t != Err) {
-	    if (CondToken(doEval) != RParen) {
-		t = Err;
+	if (t != TOK_ERROR) {
+	    if (CondToken(doEval) != TOK_RPAREN) {
+		t = TOK_ERROR;
 	    }
 	}
-    } else if (t == Not) {
+    } else if (t == TOK_NOT) {
 	t = CondT(doEval);
-	if (t == True) {
-	    t = False;
-	} else if (t == False) {
-	    t = True;
+	if (t == TOK_TRUE) {
+	    t = TOK_FALSE;
+	} else if (t == TOK_FALSE) {
+	    t = TOK_TRUE;
 	}
     }
     return (t);
@@ -1077,7 +1026,7 @@ CondT(Boolean doEval)
  *	    F -> T && F | T
  *
  * Results:
- *	True, False or Err
+ *	TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	Tokens are consumed.
@@ -1090,18 +1039,18 @@ CondF(Boolean doEval)
     Token   l, o;
 
     l = CondT(doEval);
-    if (l != Err) {
+    if (l != TOK_ERROR) {
 	o = CondToken(doEval);
 
-	if (o == And) {
+	if (o == TOK_AND) {
 	    /*
 	     * F -> T && F
 	     *
-	     * If T is False, the whole thing will be False, but we have to
+	     * If T is TOK_FALSE, the whole thing will be TOK_FALSE, but we have to
 	     * parse the r.h.s. anyway (to throw it away).
-	     * If T is True, the result is the r.h.s., be it an Err or no.
+	     * If T is TOK_TRUE, the result is the r.h.s., be it an TOK_ERROR or no.
 	     */
-	    if (l == True) {
+	    if (l == TOK_TRUE) {
 		l = CondF(doEval);
 	    } else {
 		(void)CondF(FALSE);
@@ -1123,7 +1072,7 @@ CondF(Boolean doEval)
  *	    E -> F || E | F
  *
  * Results:
- *	True, False or Err.
+ *	TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR.
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	Tokens are, of course, consumed.
@@ -1136,19 +1085,19 @@ CondE(Boolean doEval)
     Token   l, o;
 
     l = CondF(doEval);
-    if (l != Err) {
+    if (l != TOK_ERROR) {
 	o = CondToken(doEval);
 
-	if (o == Or) {
+	if (o == TOK_OR) {
 	    /*
 	     * E -> F || E
 	     *
 	     * A similar thing occurs for ||, except that here we make sure
-	     * the l.h.s. is False before we bother to evaluate the r.h.s.
-	     * Once again, if l is False, the result is the r.h.s. and once
-	     * again if l is True, we parse the r.h.s. to throw it away.
+	     * the l.h.s. is TOK_FALSE before we bother to evaluate the r.h.s.
+	     * Once again, if l is TOK_FALSE, the result is the r.h.s. and once
+	     * again if l is TOK_TRUE, we parse the r.h.s. to throw it away.
 	     */
-	    if (l == False) {
+	    if (l == TOK_FALSE) {
 		l = CondE(doEval);
 	    } else {
 		(void)CondE(FALSE);
@@ -1182,44 +1131,64 @@ CondE(Boolean doEval)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 int
-Cond_EvalExpression(int dosetup, char *line, Boolean *value, int eprint)
+Cond_EvalExpression(const struct If *info, char *line, Boolean *value, int eprint)
 {
-    if (dosetup) {
-	condDefProc = CondDoDefined;
-	condInvert = 0;
-    }
+    static const struct If *dflt_info;
+    const struct If *sv_if_info = if_info;
+    char *sv_condExpr = condExpr;
+    Token sv_condPushBack = condPushBack;
+    int rval;
 
     while (*line == ' ' || *line == '\t')
 	line++;
 
+    if (info == NULL && (info = dflt_info) == NULL) {
+	/* Scan for the entry for .if - it can't be first */
+	for (info = ifs; ; info++)
+	    if (info->form[0] == 0)
+		break;
+	dflt_info = info;
+    }
+
+    if_info = info != NULL ? info : ifs + 4;
     condExpr = line;
-    condPushBack = None;
+    condPushBack = TOK_NONE;
+
+    rval = do_Cond_EvalExpression(value);
+
+    if (rval == COND_INVALID && eprint)
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Malformed conditional (%s)", line);
+
+    if_info = sv_if_info;
+    condExpr = sv_condExpr;
+    condPushBack = sv_condPushBack;
+
+    return rval;
+}
+
+static int
+do_Cond_EvalExpression(Boolean *value)
+{
 
     switch (CondE(TRUE)) {
-    case True:
-	if (CondToken(TRUE) == EndOfFile) {
+    case TOK_TRUE:
+	if (CondToken(TRUE) == TOK_EOF) {
 	    *value = TRUE;
-	    break;
+	    return COND_PARSE;
 	}
-	goto err;
-	/*FALLTHRU*/
-    case False:
-	if (CondToken(TRUE) == EndOfFile) {
+	break;
+    case TOK_FALSE:
+	if (CondToken(TRUE) == TOK_EOF) {
 	    *value = FALSE;
-	    break;
+	    return COND_PARSE;
 	}
-	/*FALLTHRU*/
-    case Err:
-err:
-	if (eprint)
-	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Malformed conditional (%s)",
-			 line);
-	return (COND_INVALID);
+	break;
     default:
+    case TOK_ERROR:
 	break;
     }
 
-    return COND_PARSE;
+    return COND_INVALID;
 }
 
 
@@ -1288,6 +1257,8 @@ Cond_Eval(char *line)
 	    }
 	    /* Return state for previous conditional */
 	    cond_depth--;
+	    if (cond_depth > MAXIF)
+		return COND_SKIP;
 	    return cond_state[cond_depth] <= ELSE_ACTIVE ? COND_PARSE : COND_SKIP;
 	}
 
@@ -1297,9 +1268,11 @@ Cond_Eval(char *line)
 	    /* It is else... */
 	    if (cond_depth == cond_min_depth) {
 		Parse_Error(level, "if-less else");
-		return COND_INVALID;
+		return COND_PARSE;
 	    }
 
+	    if (cond_depth > MAXIF)
+		return COND_SKIP;
 	    state = cond_state[cond_depth];
 	    switch (state) {
 	    case SEARCH_FOR_ELIF:
@@ -1342,25 +1315,34 @@ Cond_Eval(char *line)
     }
 
     /* Now we know what sort of 'if' it is... */
-    state = cond_state[cond_depth];
 
     if (isElif) {
 	if (cond_depth == cond_min_depth) {
 	    Parse_Error(level, "if-less elif");
-	    return COND_INVALID;
+	    return COND_PARSE;
 	}
-	if (state == SKIP_TO_ENDIF || state == ELSE_ACTIVE)
+	if (cond_depth > MAXIF)
+	    /* Error reported when we saw the .if ... */
+	    return COND_SKIP;
+	state = cond_state[cond_depth];
+	if (state == SKIP_TO_ENDIF || state == ELSE_ACTIVE) {
 	    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "extra elif");
+	    cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
+	    return COND_SKIP;
+	}
 	if (state != SEARCH_FOR_ELIF) {
 	    /* Either just finished the 'true' block, or already SKIP_TO_ELSE */
 	    cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
 	    return COND_SKIP;
 	}
     } else {
+	/* Normal .if */
 	if (cond_depth >= MAXIF) {
+	    cond_depth++;
 	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Too many nested if's. %d max.", MAXIF);
-	    return COND_INVALID;
+	    return COND_SKIP;
 	}
+	state = cond_state[cond_depth];
 	cond_depth++;
 	if (state > ELSE_ACTIVE) {
 	    /* If we aren't parsing the data, treat as always false */
@@ -1369,15 +1351,12 @@ Cond_Eval(char *line)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Initialize file-global variables for parsing the expression */
-    condDefProc = ifp->defProc;
-    condInvert = ifp->doNot;
-
     /* And evaluate the conditional expresssion */
-    if (Cond_EvalExpression(0, line, &value, 1) == COND_INVALID) {
-	/* Although we get make to reprocess the line, set a state */
-	cond_state[cond_depth] = SEARCH_FOR_ELIF;
-	return COND_INVALID;
+    if (Cond_EvalExpression(ifp, line, &value, 1) == COND_INVALID) {
+	/* Syntax error in conditional, error message already output. */
+	/* Skip everything to matching .endif */
+	cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
+	return COND_SKIP;
     }
 
     if (!value) {
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/configure b/devel/bmake/files/configure
index 50892693033..f3c64c0c1d6 100755
--- a/devel/bmake/files/configure
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/configure
@@ -7941,11 +7941,6 @@ else
    diff_u=
    echo no >&6
 fi
-
-if egrep "__EXTENSIONS__" /usr/include/signal.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-fi
-
 echo "checking for MACHINE & MACHINE_ARCH..." >&6
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
 #include "confdefs.h"
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/configure.in b/devel/bmake/files/configure.in
index 9e55b11fad9..4cc47d2b823 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/configure.in
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/configure.in
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 dnl
 dnl RCSid:
-dnl	$Id: configure.in,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $
+dnl	$Id: configure.in,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:24 joerg Exp $
 dnl
 dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script
 dnl
@@ -24,6 +24,10 @@ no)    ;;
 dnl
 dnl
 dnl Check for OS problems
+dnl Solaris's signal.h only privides sigset_t etc if one of
+dnl _EXTENSIONS_ _POSIX_C_SOURCE or _XOPEN_SOURCE are defined.
+dnl The later two seem to cause more problems than they solve so if we
+dnl see _EXTENSIONS_ we use it.
 AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
 dnl Checks for programs.
 AC_PROG_CC
@@ -137,16 +141,6 @@ else
    echo no >&6
 fi
 dnl
-dnl
-dnl Solaris's signal.h only privides sigset_t etc if one of
-dnl _EXTENSIONS_ _POSIX_C_SOURCE or _XOPEN_SOURCE are defined.
-dnl The later two seem to cause more problems than they solve so if we
-dnl see _EXTENSIONS_ we use it.
-dnl Note we _don't_ want AC_EGREP_HEADER as we don't want CPP involved.
-dnl
-AC_EGREP(__EXTENSIONS__, /usr/include/signal.h, 
-CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D__EXTENSIONS__",)
-dnl
 dnl AC_* don't quite cut it.
 dnl 
 echo "checking for MACHINE & MACHINE_ARCH..." >&6
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/dir.c b/devel/bmake/files/dir.c
index 8e5f50475cb..e4fe4280b92 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/dir.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/dir.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:25 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -70,14 +70,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:25 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dir.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:25 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -244,12 +244,12 @@ static Hash_Table mtimes;   /* Results of doing a last-resort stat in
 			     * should be ok, but... */
 
 
-static int DirFindName(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int DirFindName(const void *, const void *);
 static int DirMatchFiles(const char *, Path *, Lst);
 static void DirExpandCurly(const char *, const char *, Lst, Lst);
 static void DirExpandInt(const char *, Lst, Lst);
-static int DirPrintWord(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int DirPrintDir(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int DirPrintWord(void *, void *);
+static int DirPrintDir(void *, void *);
 static char *DirLookup(Path *, const char *, const char *, Boolean);
 static char *DirLookupSubdir(Path *, const char *);
 static char *DirFindDot(Boolean, const char *, const char *);
@@ -373,9 +373,9 @@ Dir_End(void)
     Dir_Destroy(dotLast);
     Dir_Destroy(dot);
     Dir_ClearPath(dirSearchPath);
-    Lst_Destroy(dirSearchPath, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(dirSearchPath, NULL);
     Dir_ClearPath(openDirectories);
-    Lst_Destroy(openDirectories, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(openDirectories, NULL);
     Hash_DeleteTable(&mtimes);
 #endif
 }
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Dir_SetPATH(void)
     Var_Delete(".PATH", VAR_GLOBAL);
     
     if (Lst_Open(dirSearchPath) == SUCCESS) {
-	if ((ln = Lst_First(dirSearchPath)) != NILLNODE) {
+	if ((ln = Lst_First(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) {
 	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    if (p == dotLast) {
 		hasLastDot = TRUE;
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Dir_SetPATH(void)
 		Var_Append(".PATH", cur->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
 	}
 
-	while ((ln = Lst_Next(dirSearchPath)) != NILLNODE) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) {
 	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    if (p == dotLast)
 		continue;
@@ -448,9 +448,9 @@ Dir_SetPATH(void)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-DirFindName(ClientData p, ClientData dname)
+DirFindName(const void *p, const void *dname)
 {
-    return (strcmp(((Path *)p)->name, (char *)dname));
+    return (strcmp(((const Path *)p)->name, dname));
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ DirExpandInt(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions)
     Path	  *p;	    	/* Directory in the node */
 
     if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) {
-	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NILLNODE) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
 	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    DirMatchFiles(word, p, expansions);
 	}
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ DirExpandInt(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-DirPrintWord(ClientData word, ClientData dummy)
+DirPrintWord(void *word, void *dummy)
 {
     fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", (char *)word);
 
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ Dir_Expand(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions)
 			path = Lst_Init(FALSE);
 			(void)Dir_AddDir(path, dirpath);
 			DirExpandInt(cp+1, path, expansions);
-			Lst_Destroy(path, NOFREE);
+			Lst_Destroy(path, NULL);
 		    }
 		} else {
 		    /*
@@ -917,6 +917,8 @@ DirLookupSubdir(Path *p, const char *name)
     }
 
     if (stat(file, &stb) == 0) {
+	if (stb.st_mtime == 0)
+		stb.st_mtime = 1;
 	/*
 	 * Save the modification time so if it's needed, we don't have
 	 * to fetch it again.
@@ -925,8 +927,8 @@ DirLookupSubdir(Path *p, const char *name)
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "   Caching %s for %s\n", Targ_FmtTime(stb.st_mtime),
 		    file);
 	}
-	entry = Hash_CreateEntry(&mtimes, (char *)file, NULL);
-	Hash_SetValue(entry, (long)stb.st_mtime);
+	entry = Hash_CreateEntry(&mtimes, file, NULL);
+	Hash_SetTimeValue(entry, stb.st_mtime);
 	nearmisses += 1;
 	return (file);
     }
@@ -1082,10 +1084,10 @@ Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "couldn't open path, file not found\n");
 	}
 	misses += 1;
-	return (NULL);
+	return NULL;
     }
 
-    if ((ln = Lst_First(path)) != NILLNODE) {
+    if ((ln = Lst_First(path)) != NULL) {
 	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	if (p == dotLast) {
 	    hasLastDot = TRUE;
@@ -1123,7 +1125,7 @@ Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
 		    return file;
 	    }
 
-	    while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NILLNODE) {
+	    while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
 		p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 		if (p == dotLast)
 		    continue;
@@ -1160,7 +1162,7 @@ Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "   failed.\n");
 	}
 	misses += 1;
-	return (NULL);
+	return NULL;
     }
 
     if (name[0] != '/') {
@@ -1181,7 +1183,7 @@ Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
 	}
 
 	(void)Lst_Open(path);
-	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NILLNODE) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
 	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    if (p == dotLast)
 		continue;
@@ -1215,7 +1217,7 @@ Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
 	    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
 		fprintf(debug_file, "   Checked . already, returning NULL\n");
 	    }
-	    return(NULL);
+	    return NULL;
 	}
 
     } else { /* name[0] == '/' */
@@ -1237,7 +1239,7 @@ Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
 	    return *file?file:NULL;
 
 	(void)Lst_Open(path);
-	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NILLNODE) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
 	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    if (p == dotLast)
 		continue;
@@ -1276,8 +1278,8 @@ Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
 
     bigmisses += 1;
     ln = Lst_Last(path);
-    if (ln == NILLNODE) {
-	return (NULL);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
     } else {
 	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
     }
@@ -1285,7 +1287,7 @@ Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
     if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) != NULL) {
 	return (bmake_strdup(name));
     } else {
-	return (NULL);
+	return NULL;
     }
 #else /* !notdef */
     if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
@@ -1300,18 +1302,20 @@ Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
 	}
 	return(bmake_strdup(name));
     } else if (stat(name, &stb) == 0) {
+	if (stb.st_mtime == 0)
+		stb.st_mtime = 1;
 	entry = Hash_CreateEntry(&mtimes, name, NULL);
 	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "   Caching %s for %s\n", Targ_FmtTime(stb.st_mtime),
 		    name);
 	}
-	Hash_SetValue(entry, (long)stb.st_mtime);
+	Hash_SetTimeValue(entry, stb.st_mtime);
 	return (bmake_strdup(name));
     } else {
 	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "   failed. Returning NULL\n");
 	}
-	return (NULL);
+	return NULL;
     }
 #endif /* notdef */
 }
@@ -1451,9 +1455,9 @@ Dir_MTime(GNode *gn)
 	 */
 	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "Using cached time %s for %s\n",
-		    Targ_FmtTime((time_t)(long)Hash_GetValue(entry)), fullName);
+		    Targ_FmtTime(Hash_GetTimeValue(entry)), fullName);
 	}
-	stb.st_mtime = (time_t)(long)Hash_GetValue(entry);
+	stb.st_mtime = Hash_GetTimeValue(entry);
 	Hash_DeleteEntry(&mtimes, entry);
     } else if (stat(fullName, &stb) < 0) {
 	if (gn->type & OP_MEMBER) {
@@ -1463,7 +1467,14 @@ Dir_MTime(GNode *gn)
 	} else {
 	    stb.st_mtime = 0;
 	}
+    } else if (stb.st_mtime == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * 0 handled specially by the code, if the time is really 0, return
+	 * something else instead
+	 */
+	stb.st_mtime = 1;
     }
+	
     if (fullName && gn->path == NULL) {
 	gn->path = fullName;
     }
@@ -1495,14 +1506,14 @@ Dir_MTime(GNode *gn)
 Path *
 Dir_AddDir(Lst path, const char *name)
 {
-    LstNode       ln = NILLNODE; /* node in case Path structure is found */
+    LstNode       ln = NULL; /* node in case Path structure is found */
     Path	  *p = NULL;  /* pointer to new Path structure */
     DIR     	  *d;	      /* for reading directory */
     struct dirent *dp;	      /* entry in directory */
 
     if (strcmp(name, ".DOTLAST") == 0) {
-	ln = Lst_Find(path, UNCONST(name), DirFindName);
-	if (ln != NILLNODE)
+	ln = Lst_Find(path, name, DirFindName);
+	if (ln != NULL)
 	    return (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	else {
 	    dotLast->refCount += 1;
@@ -1511,10 +1522,10 @@ Dir_AddDir(Lst path, const char *name)
     }
 
     if (path)
-	ln = Lst_Find(openDirectories, UNCONST(name), DirFindName);
-    if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+	ln = Lst_Find(openDirectories, name, DirFindName);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
 	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
-	if (path && Lst_Member(path, p) == NILLNODE) {
+	if (path && Lst_Member(path, p) == NULL) {
 	    p->refCount += 1;
 	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(path, p);
 	}
@@ -1569,8 +1580,8 @@ Dir_AddDir(Lst path, const char *name)
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-ClientData
-Dir_CopyDir(ClientData p)
+void *
+Dir_CopyDir(void *p)
 {
     ((Path *)p)->refCount += 1;
 
@@ -1609,7 +1620,7 @@ Dir_MakeFlags(const char *flag, Lst path)
     str = bmake_strdup("");
 
     if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) {
-	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NILLNODE) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
 	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    s2 = str_concat(flag, p->name, 0);
 	    str = str_concat(s1 = str, s2, STR_ADDSPACE);
@@ -1641,7 +1652,7 @@ Dir_MakeFlags(const char *flag, Lst path)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-Dir_Destroy(ClientData pp)
+Dir_Destroy(void *pp)
 {
     Path    	  *p = (Path *)pp;
     p->refCount -= 1;
@@ -1710,9 +1721,9 @@ Dir_Concat(Lst path1, Lst path2)
     LstNode ln;
     Path    *p;
 
-    for (ln = Lst_First(path2); ln != NILLNODE; ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
+    for (ln = Lst_First(path2); ln != NULL; ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
 	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
-	if (Lst_Member(path1, p) == NILLNODE) {
+	if (Lst_Member(path1, p) == NULL) {
 	    p->refCount += 1;
 	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(path1, p);
 	}
@@ -1733,7 +1744,7 @@ Dir_PrintDirectories(void)
 	       hits * 100 / (hits + bigmisses + nearmisses) : 0));
     fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s referenced\thits\n", "directory");
     if (Lst_Open(openDirectories) == SUCCESS) {
-	while ((ln = Lst_Next(openDirectories)) != NILLNODE) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(openDirectories)) != NULL) {
 	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s %10d\t%4d\n", p->name, p->refCount, p->hits);
 	}
@@ -1742,7 +1753,7 @@ Dir_PrintDirectories(void)
 }
 
 static int
-DirPrintDir(ClientData p, ClientData dummy)
+DirPrintDir(void *p, void *dummy)
 {
     fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", ((Path *)p)->name);
     return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/dir.h b/devel/bmake/files/dir.h
index e5c4ba16a10..04132ca38d5 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/dir.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/dir.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: dir.h,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: dir.h,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:25 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ void Dir_ClearPath(Lst);
 void Dir_Concat(Lst, Lst);
 void Dir_PrintDirectories(void);
 void Dir_PrintPath(Lst);
-void Dir_Destroy(ClientData);
-ClientData Dir_CopyDir(ClientData);
+void Dir_Destroy(void *);
+void * Dir_CopyDir(void *);
 
 #endif /* _DIR */
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/for.c b/devel/bmake/files/for.c
index e67040bc33e..70eb33e6d7c 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/for.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/for.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:25 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1992, The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -30,14 +30,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:25 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)for.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:25 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -59,6 +59,11 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $");
 #include    "hash.h"
 #include    "dir.h"
 #include    "buf.h"
+#include    "strlist.h"
+
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_CHAR  1
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE 2
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN 4
 
 /*
  * For statements are of the form:
@@ -85,42 +90,37 @@ static int  	  forLevel = 0;  	/* Nesting level	*/
  */
 typedef struct _For {
     Buffer	  buf;			/* Body of loop		*/
-    char	**vars;			/* Iteration variables	*/
-    int           nvars;		/* # of iteration vars	*/
-    Lst  	  lst;			/* List of items	*/
+    strlist_t     vars;			/* Iteration variables	*/
+    strlist_t     items;		/* Substitution items */
+    char          *parse_buf;
+    int           short_var;
+    int           sub_next;
 } For;
 
-static For        accumFor;             /* Loop being accumulated */
-
-static void ForAddVar(const char *, size_t);
-
+static For        *accumFor;            /* Loop being accumulated */
 
 
 
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * ForAddVar --
- *	Add an iteration variable to the currently accumulating for.
- *
- * Results: none
- * Side effects: no additional side effects.
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static void
-ForAddVar(const char *data, size_t len)
+static char *
+make_str(const char *ptr, int len)
 {
-	Buffer buf;
-	int varlen;
+	char *new_ptr;
 
-	buf = Buf_Init(0);
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, len, (Byte *)UNCONST(data));
-
-	accumFor.nvars++;
-	accumFor.vars = bmake_realloc(accumFor.vars, accumFor.nvars*sizeof(char *));
+	new_ptr = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
+	memcpy(new_ptr, ptr, len);
+	new_ptr[len] = 0;
+	return new_ptr;
+}
 
-	accumFor.vars[accumFor.nvars-1] = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, &varlen);
+static void
+For_Free(For *arg)
+{
+    Buf_Destroy(&arg->buf, TRUE);
+    strlist_clean(&arg->vars);
+    strlist_clean(&arg->items);
+    free(arg->parse_buf);
 
-	Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
+    free(arg);
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ ForAddVar(const char *data, size_t len)
  *	line		Line to parse
  *
  * Results:
- *	TRUE: We found a for loop, or we are inside a for loop
- *	FALSE: We did not find a for loop, or we found the end of the for
- *	       for loop.
+ *      0: Not a .for statement, parse the line
+ *	1: We found a for loop
+ *     -1: A .for statement with a bad syntax error, discard.
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	None.
@@ -146,119 +146,121 @@ ForAddVar(const char *data, size_t len)
 int
 For_Eval(char *line)
 {
-    char	    *ptr = line, *sub, *in, *wrd;
-    int	    	    level;  	/* Level at which to report errors. */
-
-    level = PARSE_FATAL;
-
+    For *new_for;
+    char *ptr = line, *sub;
+    int len;
+    int escapes;
+    unsigned char ch;
+
+    /* Skip the '.' and any following whitespace */
+    for (ptr++; *ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr); ptr++)
+	continue;
+
+    /*
+     * If we are not in a for loop quickly determine if the statement is
+     * a for.
+     */
+    if (ptr[0] != 'f' || ptr[1] != 'o' || ptr[2] != 'r' ||
+	    !isspace((unsigned char) ptr[3])) {
+	if (ptr[0] == 'e' && strncmp(ptr+1, "ndfor", 5) == 0) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "for-less endfor");
+	    return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+    ptr += 3;
 
-    if (forLevel == 0) {
-	Buffer	    buf;
-	int	    varlen;
-	static const char instr[] = "in";
+    /*
+     * we found a for loop, and now we are going to parse it.
+     */
 
-	for (ptr++; *ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr); ptr++)
-	    continue;
-	/*
-	 * If we are not in a for loop quickly determine if the statement is
-	 * a for.
-	 */
-	if (ptr[0] != 'f' || ptr[1] != 'o' || ptr[2] != 'r' ||
-		!isspace((unsigned char) ptr[3]))
-	    return FALSE;
-	ptr += 3;
+    new_for = bmake_malloc(sizeof *new_for);
+    memset(new_for, 0, sizeof *new_for);
 
-	/*
-	 * we found a for loop, and now we are going to parse it.
-	 */
+    /* Grab the variables. Terminate on "in". */
+    for (;; ptr += len) {
 	while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
 	    ptr++;
-
-	/*
-	 * Find the "in".
-	 */
-	for (in = ptr; *in; in++) {
-	    if (isspace((unsigned char) in[0]) && in[1]== 'i' &&
-		in[2] == 'n' &&
-		(in[3] == '\0' || isspace((unsigned char) in[3])))
-		break;
+	if (*ptr == '\0') {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "missing `in' in for");
+	    For_Free(new_for);
+	    return -1;
 	}
-	if (*in == '\0') {
-	    Parse_Error(level, "missing `in' in for");
-	    return 0;
+	for (len = 1; ptr[len] && !isspace((unsigned char)ptr[len]); len++)
+	    continue;
+	if (len == 2 && ptr[0] == 'i' && ptr[1] == 'n') {
+	    ptr += 2;
+	    break;
 	}
+	if (len == 1)
+	    new_for->short_var = 1;
+	strlist_add_str(&new_for->vars, make_str(ptr, len), len);
+    }
 
-	/*
-	 * Grab the variables.
-	 */
-	accumFor.vars = NULL;
-
-	while (ptr < in) {
-	    wrd = ptr;
-	    while (*ptr && !isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
-	        ptr++;
-	    ForAddVar(wrd, ptr - wrd);
-	    while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
-		ptr++;
-	}
+    if (strlist_num(&new_for->vars) == 0) {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "no iteration variables in for");
+	For_Free(new_for);
+	return -1;
+    }
 
-	if (accumFor.nvars == 0) {
-	    Parse_Error(level, "no iteration variables in for");
-	    return 0;
+    while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
+	ptr++;
+
+    /*
+     * Make a list with the remaining words
+     * The values are substituted as ${:U<value>...} so we must \ escape
+     * characters that break that syntax.
+     * Variables are fully expanded - so it is safe for escape $.
+     * We can't do the escapes here - because we don't know whether
+     * we are substuting into ${...} or $(...).
+     */
+    sub = Var_Subst(NULL, ptr, VAR_GLOBAL, FALSE);
+
+    for (ptr = sub;; ptr += len) {
+	while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char)*ptr))
+	    ptr++;
+	if (*ptr == 0)
+	    break;
+	escapes = 0;
+	for (len = 0; (ch = ptr[len]) != 0 && !isspace(ch); len++) {
+	    if (ch == ':' || ch == '$' || ch == '\\')
+		escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_CHAR;
+	    else if (ch == ')')
+		escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN;
+	    else if (ch == /*{*/ '}')
+		escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE;
 	}
+	strlist_add_str(&new_for->items, make_str(ptr, len), escapes);
+    }
 
-	/* At this point we should be pointing right at the "in" */
-	/*
-	 * compensate for hp/ux's brain damaged assert macro that
-	 * does not handle double quotes nicely.
-	 */
-	assert(!memcmp(ptr, instr, 2));
-	ptr += 2;
-
-	while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
-	    ptr++;
+    free(sub);
 
+    if (strlist_num(&new_for->items) % strlist_num(&new_for->vars)) {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+		"Wrong number of words in .for substitution list %d %d",
+		strlist_num(&new_for->items), strlist_num(&new_for->vars));
 	/*
-	 * Make a list with the remaining words
+	 * Return 'success' so that the body of the .for loop is accumulated.
+	 * Remove all items so that the loop doesn't iterate.
 	 */
-	accumFor.lst = Lst_Init(FALSE);
-	buf = Buf_Init(0);
-	sub = Var_Subst(NULL, ptr, VAR_GLOBAL, FALSE);
+	strlist_clean(&new_for->items);
+    }
 
-#define ADDWORD() \
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, ptr - wrd, (Byte *)wrd), \
-	Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)'\0'), \
-	Lst_AtFront(accumFor.lst, Buf_GetAll(buf, &varlen)), \
-	Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE)
+    Buf_Init(&new_for->buf, 0);
+    accumFor = new_for;
+    forLevel = 1;
+    return 1;
+}
 
-	for (ptr = sub; *ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr); ptr++)
-	    continue;
+/*
+ * Add another line to a .for loop.
+ * Returns 0 when the matching .endfor is reached.
+ */
 
-	for (wrd = ptr; *ptr; ptr++)
-	    if (isspace((unsigned char) *ptr)) {
-		ADDWORD();
-		buf = Buf_Init(0);
-		while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
-		    ptr++;
-		wrd = ptr--;
-	    }
-	if (DEBUG(FOR)) {
-	    int i;
-	    for (i = 0; i < accumFor.nvars; i++) {
-		(void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: variable %s\n", accumFor.vars[i]);
-	    }
-	    (void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: list %s\n", sub);
-	}
-	if (ptr - wrd > 0)
-	    ADDWORD();
-	else
-	    Buf_Destroy(buf, TRUE);
-	free(sub);
-
-	accumFor.buf = Buf_Init(0);
-	forLevel++;
-	return 1;
-    }
+int
+For_Accum(char *line)
+{
+    char *ptr = line;
 
     if (*ptr == '.') {
 
@@ -269,10 +271,8 @@ For_Eval(char *line)
 		(isspace((unsigned char) ptr[6]) || !ptr[6])) {
 	    if (DEBUG(FOR))
 		(void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: end for %d\n", forLevel);
-	    if (--forLevel < 0) {
-		Parse_Error(level, "for-less endfor");
+	    if (--forLevel <= 0)
 		return 0;
-	    }
 	} else if (strncmp(ptr, "for", 3) == 0 &&
 		 isspace((unsigned char) ptr[3])) {
 	    forLevel++;
@@ -281,13 +281,9 @@ For_Eval(char *line)
 	}
     }
 
-    if (forLevel != 0 && accumFor.buf) {
-	Buf_AddBytes(accumFor.buf, strlen(line), (Byte *)line);
-	Buf_AddByte(accumFor.buf, (Byte)'\n');
-	return 1;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
+    Buf_AddBytes(&accumFor->buf, strlen(line), line);
+    Buf_AddByte(&accumFor->buf, '\n');
+    return 1;
 }
 
 
@@ -304,88 +300,172 @@ For_Eval(char *line)
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-void
-For_Run(int lineno)
+
+static int
+for_var_len(const char *var)
 {
-    For arg;
-    LstNode ln;
-    char **values;
-    int i, done = 0, len;
-    char *guy, *orig_guy, *old_guy;
+    char ch, var_start, var_end;
+    int depth;
+    int len;
+
+    var_start = *var;
+    if (var_start == 0)
+	/* just escape the $ */
+	return 0;
+
+    if (var_start == '(')
+	var_end = ')';
+    else if (var_start == '{')
+	var_end = '}';
+    else
+	/* Single char variable */
+	return 1;
 
-    if (accumFor.buf == NULL || accumFor.vars == NULL || accumFor.lst == NULL)
-	return;
-    arg = accumFor;
-    accumFor.buf = NULL;
-    accumFor.vars = NULL;
-    accumFor.nvars = 0;
-    accumFor.lst = NULL;
+    depth = 1;
+    for (len = 1; (ch = var[len++]) != 0;) {
+	if (ch == var_start)
+	    depth++;
+	else if (ch == var_end && --depth == 0)
+	    return len;
+    }
 
-    if (Lst_Open(arg.lst) != SUCCESS)
+    /* Variable end not found, escape the $ */
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+for_substitute(Buffer *cmds, strlist_t *items, unsigned int item_no, char ech)
+{
+    const char *item = strlist_str(items, item_no);
+    int len;
+    char ch;
+
+    /* If there were no escapes, or the only escape is the other variable
+     * terminator, then just substitute the full string */
+    if (!(strlist_info(items, item_no) &
+	    (ech == ')' ? ~FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE : ~FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN))) {
+	Buf_AddBytes(cmds, strlen(item), item);
 	return;
+    }
 
-    values = bmake_malloc(arg.nvars * sizeof(char *));
-    
-    while (!done) {
-	/* 
-	 * due to the dumb way this is set up, this loop must run
-	 * backwards.
-	 */
-	for (i = arg.nvars - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
-	    ln = Lst_Next(arg.lst);
-	    if (ln == NILLNODE) {
-		if (i != arg.nvars-1) {
-		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, 
-			"Not enough words in for substitution list");
-		}
-		done = 1;
+    /* Escape ':', '$', '\\' and 'ech' - removed by :U processing */
+    while ((ch = *item++) != 0) {
+	if (ch == '$') {
+	    len = for_var_len(item);
+	    if (len != 0) {
+		Buf_AddBytes(cmds, len + 1, item - 1);
+		item += len;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    Buf_AddByte(cmds, '\\');
+	} else if (ch == ':' || ch == '\\' || ch == ech)
+	    Buf_AddByte(cmds, '\\');
+	Buf_AddByte(cmds, ch);
+    }
+}
+
+static char *
+For_Iterate(void *v_arg)
+{
+    For *arg = v_arg;
+    int i, len;
+    char *var;
+    char *cp;
+    char *cmd_cp;
+    char *body_end;
+    char ch;
+    Buffer cmds;
+
+    if (arg->sub_next + strlist_num(&arg->vars) > strlist_num(&arg->items)) {
+	/* No more iterations */
+	For_Free(arg);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    free(arg->parse_buf);
+    arg->parse_buf = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Scan the for loop body and replace references to the loop variables
+     * with variable references that expand to the required text.
+     * Using variable expansions ensures that the .for loop can't generate
+     * syntax, and that the later parsing will still see a variable.
+     * We assume that the null variable will never be defined.
+     *
+     * The detection of substitions of the loop control variable is naive.
+     * Many of the modifiers use \ to escape $ (not $) so it is possible
+     * to contrive a makefile where an unwanted substitution happens.
+     */
+
+    cmd_cp = Buf_GetAll(&arg->buf, &len);
+    body_end = cmd_cp + len;
+    Buf_Init(&cmds, len + 256);
+    for (cp = cmd_cp; (cp = strchr(cp, '$')) != NULL;) {
+	char ech;
+	ch = *++cp;
+	if ((ch == '(' && (ech = ')')) || (ch == '{' && (ech = '}'))) {
+	    cp++;
+	    /* Check variable name against the .for loop variables */
+	    STRLIST_FOREACH(var, &arg->vars, i) {
+		len = strlist_info(&arg->vars, i);
+		if (memcmp(cp, var, len) != 0)
+		    continue;
+		if (cp[len] != ':' && cp[len] != ech && cp[len] != '\\')
+		    continue;
+		/* Found a variable match. Replace with :U<value> */
+		Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, cp - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
+		Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 2, ":U");
+		cp += len;
+		cmd_cp = cp;
+		for_substitute(&cmds, &arg->items, arg->sub_next + i, ech);
 		break;
-	    } else {
-		values[i] = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    }
+	    continue;
 	}
-	if (done)
+	if (ch == 0)
 	    break;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < arg.nvars; i++) {
-	    Var_Set(arg.vars[i], values[i], VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
-	    if (DEBUG(FOR))
-		(void)fprintf(debug_file, "--- %s = %s\n", arg.vars[i], 
-		    values[i]);
+	/* Probably a single character name, ignore $$ and stupid ones. {*/
+	if (!arg->short_var || strchr("}):$", ch) != NULL) {
+	    cp++;
+	    continue;
 	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Hack, hack, kludge.
-	 * This is really ugly, but to do it any better way would require
-	 * making major changes to var.c, which I don't want to get into
-	 * yet. There is no mechanism for expanding some variables, only
-	 * for expanding a single variable. That should be corrected, but
-	 * not right away. (XXX)
-	 */
-	
-	guy = (char *)Buf_GetAll(arg.buf, &len);
-	orig_guy = guy;
-	for (i = 0; i < arg.nvars; i++) {
-	    old_guy = guy;
-	    guy = Var_Subst(arg.vars[i], guy, VAR_GLOBAL, FALSE);
-	    if (old_guy != orig_guy)
-		free(old_guy);
+	STRLIST_FOREACH(var, &arg->vars, i) {
+	    if (var[0] != ch || var[1] != 0)
+		continue;
+	    /* Found a variable match. Replace with ${:U<value>} */
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, cp - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 3, "{:U");
+	    cmd_cp = ++cp;
+	    for_substitute(&cmds, &arg->items, arg->sub_next + i, /*{*/ '}');
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 1, "}");
+	    break;
 	}
-	Parse_SetInput(NULL, lineno, -1, guy);
-
-	for (i = 0; i < arg.nvars; i++)
-	    Var_Delete(arg.vars[i], VAR_GLOBAL);
     }
+    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, body_end - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
 
-    free(values);
+    cp = Buf_Destroy(&cmds, FALSE);
+    if (DEBUG(FOR))
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: loop body:\n%s", cp);
 
-    Lst_Close(arg.lst);
+    arg->sub_next += strlist_num(&arg->vars);
 
-    for (i=0; i<arg.nvars; i++) {
-	free(arg.vars[i]);
-    }
-    free(arg.vars);
+    arg->parse_buf = cp;
+    return cp;
+}
+
+void
+For_Run(int lineno)
+{ 
+    For *arg;
+  
+    arg = accumFor;
+    accumFor = NULL;
 
-    Lst_Destroy(arg.lst, (FreeProc *)free);
-    Buf_Destroy(arg.buf, TRUE);
+    if (strlist_num(&arg->items) == 0) {
+        /* Nothing to expand - possibly due to an earlier syntax error. */
+        For_Free(arg);
+        return;
+    }
+ 
+    Parse_SetInput(NULL, lineno, -1, For_Iterate, arg);
 }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/getenv.c b/devel/bmake/files/getenv.c
index 81d783aedd2..414a263d12c 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/getenv.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/getenv.c
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
 /*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)getenv.c	5.8 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: getenv.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$Id: getenv.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:25 joerg Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/getopt.c b/devel/bmake/files/getopt.c
index 3b83c9676eb..eb1f0e65fe7 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/getopt.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/getopt.c
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
 /* static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)getopt.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/2/94"; */
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: getopt.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$Id: getopt.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:25 joerg Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/hash.c b/devel/bmake/files/hash.c
index fa591fbd8c3..5651bfeba0b 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/hash.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/hash.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:26 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -70,14 +70,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:26 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:26 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Hash_FindEntry(Hash_Table *t, const char *key)
 	for (e = t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask]; e != NULL; e = e->next)
 		if (e->namehash == h && strcmp(e->name, p) == 0)
 			return (e);
-	return (NULL);
+	return NULL;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Hash_CreateEntry(Hash_Table *t, const char *key, Boolean *newPtr)
 	hp = &t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask];
 	e->next = *hp;
 	*hp = e;
-	e->clientData = NULL;
+	Hash_SetValue(e, NULL);
 	e->namehash = h;
 	(void)strcpy(e->name, p);
 	t->numEntries++;
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Hash_EnumNext(Hash_Search *searchPtr)
 	 */
 	while (e == NULL) {
 		if (searchPtr->nextIndex >= t->size)
-			return (NULL);
+			return NULL;
 		e = t->bucketPtr[searchPtr->nextIndex++];
 	}
 	searchPtr->hashEntryPtr = e;
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/hash.h b/devel/bmake/files/hash.h
index 79490e647f8..994f9336d94 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/hash.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/hash.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: hash.h,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: hash.h,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:26 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -89,8 +89,10 @@ typedef struct Hash_Entry {
     struct Hash_Entry *next;		/* Used to link together all the
     					 * entries associated with the same
 					 * bucket. */
-    ClientData	      clientData;	/* Arbitrary piece of data associated
-    					 * with key. */
+    union {
+	void	      *clientPtr;	/* Arbitrary pointer */
+	time_t	      clientTime;	/* Arbitrary Time */
+    } clientInfo;
     unsigned	      namehash;		/* hash value of key */
     char	      name[1];		/* key string */
 } Hash_Entry;
@@ -119,11 +121,12 @@ typedef struct Hash_Search {
  */
 
 /*
- * ClientData Hash_GetValue(h)
+ * void * Hash_GetValue(h)
  *     Hash_Entry *h;
  */
 
-#define Hash_GetValue(h) ((h)->clientData)
+#define Hash_GetValue(h) ((h)->clientInfo.clientPtr)
+#define Hash_GetTimeValue(h) ((h)->clientInfo.clientTime)
 
 /*
  * Hash_SetValue(h, val);
@@ -131,7 +134,8 @@ typedef struct Hash_Search {
  *     char *val;
  */
 
-#define Hash_SetValue(h, val) ((h)->clientData = (ClientData) (val))
+#define Hash_SetValue(h, val) ((h)->clientInfo.clientPtr = (val))
+#define Hash_SetTimeValue(h, val) ((h)->clientInfo.clientTime = (val))
 
 /*
  * Hash_Size(n) returns the number of words in an object of n bytes
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/install-sh b/devel/bmake/files/install-sh
index ab4165a813f..875eb38ea3a 100755
--- a/devel/bmake/files/install-sh
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/install-sh
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 #
 
 # RCSid:
-#	$Id: install-sh,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:22 joerg Exp $
+#	$Id: install-sh,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:26 joerg Exp $
 #
 #	@(#) Copyright (c) 1993 Simon J. Gerraty
 #
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/job.c b/devel/bmake/files/job.c
index ee2673bbc8e..0ea5ac12c8d 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/job.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/job.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:23 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -70,14 +70,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:23 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)job.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:23 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ int not_parallel = 0;		    /* set if .NOT_PARALLEL */
  * .END target but we keep it around to avoid having to search for it
  * all the time.
  */
-static GNode   	  *postCommands = NILGNODE;
+static GNode   	  *postCommands = NULL;
 				    /* node containing commands to execute when
 				     * everything else is done */
 static int     	  numCommands; 	    /* The number of commands actually printed
@@ -355,11 +355,13 @@ static sigset_t caught_signals;	/* Set of signals we handle */
 #define KILLPG(pid, sig)	killpg((pid), (sig))
 #endif
 
+static char *tmpdir;		/* directory name, always ending with "/" */
+
 static void JobChildSig(int);
 static void JobContinueSig(int);
 static Job *JobFindPid(int, int);
-static int JobPrintCommand(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int JobSaveCommand(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int JobPrintCommand(void *, void *);
+static int JobSaveCommand(void *, void *);
 static void JobClose(Job *);
 static void JobExec(Job *, char **);
 static void JobMakeArgv(Job *, char **);
@@ -674,7 +676,7 @@ JobFindPid(int pid, int status)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-JobPrintCommand(ClientData cmdp, ClientData jobp)
+JobPrintCommand(void *cmdp, void *jobp)
 {
     Boolean	  noSpecials;	    /* true if we shouldn't worry about
 				     * inserting special commands into
@@ -907,7 +909,7 @@ JobPrintCommand(ClientData cmdp, ClientData jobp)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-JobSaveCommand(ClientData cmd, ClientData gn)
+JobSaveCommand(void *cmd, void *gn)
 {
     cmd = Var_Subst(NULL, (char *)cmd, (GNode *)gn, FALSE);
     (void)Lst_AtEnd(postCommands->commands, cmd);
@@ -1072,7 +1074,7 @@ JobFinish (Job *job, WAIT_T status)
 	 * the parents. In addition, any saved commands for the node are placed
 	 * on the .END target.
 	 */
-	if (job->tailCmds != NILLNODE) {
+	if (job->tailCmds != NULL) {
 	    Lst_ForEachFrom(job->node->commands, job->tailCmds,
 			     JobSaveCommand,
 			    job->node);
@@ -1210,7 +1212,7 @@ Job_CheckCommands(GNode *gn, void (*abortProc)(const char *, ...))
 	 * No commands. Look for .DEFAULT rule from which we might infer
 	 * commands
 	 */
-	if ((DEFAULT != NILGNODE) && !Lst_IsEmpty(DEFAULT->commands) &&
+	if ((DEFAULT != NULL) && !Lst_IsEmpty(DEFAULT->commands) &&
 		(gn->type & OP_SPECIAL) == 0) {
 	    char *p1;
 	    /*
@@ -1319,6 +1321,7 @@ JobExec(Job *job, char **argv)
 
     if (cpid == 0) {
 	/* Child */
+	sigset_t tmask;
 
 	/*
 	 * Reset all signal handlers; this is necessary because we also
@@ -1327,8 +1330,8 @@ JobExec(Job *job, char **argv)
 	JobSigReset();
 
 	/* Now unblock signals */
-	sigemptyset(&mask);
-	JobSigUnlock(&mask);
+	sigemptyset(&tmask);
+	JobSigUnlock(&tmask);
 
 	/*
 	 * Must duplicate the input stream down to the child's input and
@@ -1519,7 +1522,7 @@ JobStart(GNode *gn, int flags)
 	flags |= JOB_SPECIAL;
 
     job->node = gn;
-    job->tailCmds = NILLNODE;
+    job->tailCmds = NULL;
 
     /*
      * Set the initial value of the flags for this job based on the global
@@ -1552,11 +1555,10 @@ JobStart(GNode *gn, int flags)
 	    (!noExecute && !touchFlag)) {
 	/*
 	 * tfile is the name of a file into which all shell commands are
-	 * put. It is used over by removing it before the child shell is
-	 * executed. The XXXXXX in the string are replaced by the pid of
-	 * the make process in a 6-character field with leading zeroes.
+	 * put. It is removed before the child shell is executed, unless
+	 * DEBUG(SCRIPT) is set.
 	 */
-	char     tfile[sizeof(TMPPAT)];
+	char *tfile;
 	sigset_t mask;
 	/*
 	 * We're serious here, but if the commands were bogus, we're
@@ -1567,7 +1569,9 @@ JobStart(GNode *gn, int flags)
 	}
 
 	JobSigLock(&mask);
-	(void)strcpy(tfile, TMPPAT);
+	tfile = bmake_malloc(strlen(tmpdir) + sizeof(TMPPAT));
+	strcpy(tfile, tmpdir);
+	strcat(tfile, TMPPAT);
 	if ((tfd = mkstemp(tfile)) == -1)
 	    Punt("Could not create temporary file %s", strerror(errno));
 	if (!DEBUG(SCRIPT))
@@ -1598,6 +1602,8 @@ JobStart(GNode *gn, int flags)
 	if (numCommands == 0) {
 	    noExec = TRUE;
 	}
+
+	free(tfile);
     } else if (NoExecute(gn)) {
 	/*
 	 * Not executing anything -- just print all the commands to stdout
@@ -1655,7 +1661,7 @@ JobStart(GNode *gn, int flags)
 	 * the commands for the job were no good.
 	 */
 	if (cmdsOK && aborting == 0) {
-	    if (job->tailCmds != NILLNODE) {
+	    if (job->tailCmds != NULL) {
 		Lst_ForEachFrom(job->node->commands, job->tailCmds,
 				JobSaveCommand,
 			       job->node);
@@ -1897,7 +1903,7 @@ JobRun(GNode *targ)
     Lst lst = Lst_Init(FALSE);
     Lst_AtEnd(lst, targ);
     (void)Make_Run(lst);
-    Lst_Destroy(lst, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(lst, NULL);
     JobStart(targ, JOB_SPECIAL);
     while (jobTokensRunning) {
 	Job_CatchOutput();
@@ -2130,6 +2136,8 @@ void
 Job_Init(void)
 {
     GNode         *begin;     /* node for commands to do at the very start */
+    const char    *p;
+    size_t        len;
 
     /* Allocate space for all the job info */
     job_table = bmake_malloc(maxJobs * sizeof *job_table);
@@ -2140,7 +2148,19 @@ Job_Init(void)
     aborting = 	  0;
     errors = 	  0;
 
-    lastNode =	  NILGNODE;
+    lastNode =	  NULL;
+
+    /* set tmpdir, and ensure that it ends with "/" */
+    p = getenv("TMPDIR");
+    if (p == NULL || *p == '\0') {
+	p = _PATH_TMP;
+    }
+    len = strlen(p);
+    tmpdir = bmake_malloc(len + 2);
+    strcpy(tmpdir, p);
+    if (tmpdir[len - 1] != '/') {
+	strcat(tmpdir, "/");
+    }
 
     if (maxJobs == 1) {
 	/*
@@ -2218,7 +2238,7 @@ Job_Init(void)
 
     begin = Targ_FindNode(".BEGIN", TARG_NOCREATE);
 
-    if (begin != NILGNODE) {
+    if (begin != NULL) {
 	JobRun(begin);
 	if (begin->made == ERROR) {
 	    PrintOnError("\n\nStop.");
@@ -2270,7 +2290,7 @@ JobMatchShell(const char *name)
 	if (strcmp(name, sh->name) == 0)
 		return (sh);
     }
-    return (NULL);
+    return NULL;
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -2344,6 +2364,10 @@ Job_ParseShell(char *line)
      * Parse the specification by keyword
      */
     words = brk_string(line, &argc, TRUE, &path);
+    if (words == NULL) {
+	Error("Unterminated quoted string [%s]", line);
+	return FAILURE;
+    }
     shellArgv = path;
 
     for (path = NULL, argv = words; argc != 0; argc--, argv++) {
@@ -2519,7 +2543,7 @@ JobInterrupt(int runINTERRUPT, int signo)
 
     if (runINTERRUPT && !touchFlag) {
 	interrupt = Targ_FindNode(".INTERRUPT", TARG_NOCREATE);
-	if (interrupt != NILGNODE) {
+	if (interrupt != NULL) {
 	    ignoreErrors = FALSE;
 	    JobRun(interrupt);
 	}
@@ -2544,7 +2568,7 @@ JobInterrupt(int runINTERRUPT, int signo)
 int
 Job_Finish(void)
 {
-    if (postCommands != NILGNODE &&
+    if (postCommands != NULL &&
 	(!Lst_IsEmpty(postCommands->commands) ||
 	 !Lst_IsEmpty(postCommands->children))) {
 	if (errors) {
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/job.h b/devel/bmake/files/job.h
index 0534f462d17..73dab3c2eb7 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/job.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/job.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: job.h,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:23 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: job.h,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 #ifndef _JOB_H_
 #define _JOB_H_
 
-#define TMPPAT	"/tmp/makeXXXXXX"
+#define TMPPAT	"makeXXXXXX"		/* relative to tmpdir */
 
 #ifdef USE_SELECT
 /*
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ emul_poll(struct pollfd *fd, int nfd, int timeout);
  *	1) The process id of the child shell
  *	2) The graph node describing the target being made by this job
  *	3) A LstNode for the first command to be saved after the job
- *	   completes. This is NILLNODE if there was no "..." in the job's
+ *	   completes. This is NULL if there was no "..." in the job's
  *	   commands.
  *	4) An FILE* for writing out the commands. This is only
  *	   used before the job is actually started.
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.h b/devel/bmake/files/lst.h
index 93d878ccc5f..2778bcc89ef 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lst.h,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:23 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lst.h,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
@@ -92,19 +92,8 @@
 typedef	struct List	*Lst;
 typedef	struct ListNode	*LstNode;
 
-typedef ClientData	DuplicateProc(ClientData);
-typedef void		FreeProc(ClientData);
-
-#define	NILLST		((Lst)NIL)
-#define	NILLNODE	((LstNode)NIL)
-
-/*
- * NOFREE can be used as the freeProc to Lst_Destroy when the elements are
- *	not to be freed.
- * NOCOPY performs similarly when given as the copyProc to Lst_Duplicate.
- */
-#define NOFREE		((FreeProc *)NULL)
-#define NOCOPY		((DuplicateProc *)NULL)
+typedef void		*DuplicateProc(void *);
+typedef void		FreeProc(void *);
 
 #define LST_CONCNEW	0   /* create new LstNode's when using Lst_Concat */
 #define LST_CONCLINK	1   /* relink LstNode's when using Lst_Concat */
@@ -125,17 +114,17 @@ Boolean		Lst_IsEmpty(Lst);
  * Functions to modify a list
  */
 /* Insert an element before another */
-ReturnStatus	Lst_InsertBefore(Lst, LstNode, ClientData);
+ReturnStatus	Lst_InsertBefore(Lst, LstNode, void *);
 /* Insert an element after another */
-ReturnStatus	Lst_InsertAfter(Lst, LstNode, ClientData);
+ReturnStatus	Lst_InsertAfter(Lst, LstNode, void *);
 /* Place an element at the front of a lst. */
-ReturnStatus	Lst_AtFront(Lst, ClientData);
+ReturnStatus	Lst_AtFront(Lst, void *);
 /* Place an element at the end of a lst. */
-ReturnStatus	Lst_AtEnd(Lst, ClientData);
+ReturnStatus	Lst_AtEnd(Lst, void *);
 /* Remove an element */
 ReturnStatus	Lst_Remove(Lst, LstNode);
 /* Replace a node with a new value */
-ReturnStatus	Lst_Replace(LstNode, ClientData);
+ReturnStatus	Lst_Replace(LstNode, void *);
 /* Concatenate two lists */
 ReturnStatus	Lst_Concat(Lst, Lst, int);
 
@@ -151,30 +140,30 @@ LstNode		Lst_Succ(LstNode);
 /* Return predecessor to given element */
 LstNode		Lst_Prev(LstNode);
 /* Get datum from LstNode */
-ClientData	Lst_Datum(LstNode);
+void		*Lst_Datum(LstNode);
 
 /*
  * Functions for entire lists
  */
 /* Find an element in a list */
-LstNode		Lst_Find(Lst, ClientData, int (*)(ClientData, ClientData));
+LstNode		Lst_Find(Lst, const void *, int (*)(const void *, const void *));
 /* Find an element starting from somewhere */
-LstNode		Lst_FindFrom(Lst, LstNode, ClientData,
-			     int (*cProc)(ClientData, ClientData));
+LstNode		Lst_FindFrom(Lst, LstNode, const void *,
+			     int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *));
 /*
  * See if the given datum is on the list. Returns the LstNode containing
  * the datum
  */
-LstNode		Lst_Member(Lst, ClientData);
+LstNode		Lst_Member(Lst, void *);
 /* Apply a function to all elements of a lst */
-int		Lst_ForEach(Lst, int (*)(ClientData, ClientData), ClientData);
+int		Lst_ForEach(Lst, int (*)(void *, void *), void *);
 /*
  * Apply a function to all elements of a lst starting from a certain point.
  * If the list is circular, the application will wrap around to the
  * beginning of the list again.
  */
-int		Lst_ForEachFrom(Lst, LstNode, int (*)(ClientData, ClientData),
-				ClientData);
+int		Lst_ForEachFrom(Lst, LstNode, int (*)(void *, void *),
+				void *);
 /*
  * these functions are for dealing with a list as a table, of sorts.
  * An idea of the "current element" is kept and used by all the functions
@@ -193,8 +182,8 @@ void		Lst_Close(Lst);
  * for using the list as a queue
  */
 /* Place an element at tail of queue */
-ReturnStatus	Lst_EnQueue(Lst, ClientData);
+ReturnStatus	Lst_EnQueue(Lst, void *);
 /* Remove an element from head of queue */
-ClientData	Lst_DeQueue(Lst);
+void		*Lst_DeQueue(Lst);
 
 #endif /* _LST_H_ */
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/Makefile b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/Makefile
index 2299b70eb81..2adfa5da9ed 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/Makefile
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/Makefile
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $
 
 OBJ=lstAppend.o lstDupl.o lstInit.o lstOpen.o lstAtEnd.o lstEnQueue.o \
     lstInsert.o lstAtFront.o lstIsAtEnd.o lstClose.o lstFind.o lstIsEmpty.o \
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAppend.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAppend.c
index f96c57b4268..ffe17a8e4ae 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAppend.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAppend.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAppend.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -69,18 +69,18 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *	A new ListNode is created and linked in to the List. The lastPtr
  *	field of the List will be altered if ln is the last node in the
  *	list. lastPtr and firstPtr will alter if the list was empty and
- *	ln was NILLNODE.
+ *	ln was NULL.
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 ReturnStatus
-Lst_InsertAfter(Lst l, LstNode ln, ClientData d)
+Lst_InsertAfter(Lst l, LstNode ln, void *d)
 {
     List 	list;
     ListNode	lNode;
     ListNode	nLNode;
 
-    if (LstValid (l) && (ln == NILLNODE && LstIsEmpty (l))) {
+    if (LstValid (l) && (ln == NULL && LstIsEmpty (l))) {
 	goto ok;
     }
 
@@ -96,11 +96,11 @@ Lst_InsertAfter(Lst l, LstNode ln, ClientData d)
     nLNode->datum = d;
     nLNode->useCount = nLNode->flags = 0;
 
-    if (lNode == NilListNode) {
+    if (lNode == NULL) {
 	if (list->isCirc) {
 	    nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode;
 	} else {
-	    nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode->prevPtr = NilListNode;
+	    nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode->prevPtr = NULL;
 	}
 	list->firstPtr = list->lastPtr = nLNode;
     } else {
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Lst_InsertAfter(Lst l, LstNode ln, ClientData d)
 	nLNode->nextPtr = lNode->nextPtr;
 
 	lNode->nextPtr = nLNode;
-	if (nLNode->nextPtr != NilListNode) {
+	if (nLNode->nextPtr != NULL) {
 	    nLNode->nextPtr->prevPtr = nLNode;
 	}
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAtEnd.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAtEnd.c
index 24ac1b78033..ba319b66320 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAtEnd.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAtEnd.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAtEnd.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 ReturnStatus
-Lst_AtEnd(Lst l, ClientData d)
+Lst_AtEnd(Lst l, void *d)
 {
     LstNode	end;
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAtFront.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAtFront.c
index d005604dd57..9815d7d8acc 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAtFront.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstAtFront.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAtFront.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 ReturnStatus
-Lst_AtFront(Lst l, ClientData d)
+Lst_AtFront(Lst l, void *d)
 {
     LstNode	front;
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstClose.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstClose.c
index 746b5f9e8e7..a25e9bbd9bc 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstClose.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstClose.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstClose.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstConcat.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstConcat.c
index dd76ac17c75..3b5f22763d4 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstConcat.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstConcat.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstConcat.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Lst_Concat(Lst l1, Lst l2, int flags)
     }
 
     if (flags == LST_CONCLINK) {
-	if (list2->firstPtr != NilListNode) {
+	if (list2->firstPtr != NULL) {
 	    /*
 	     * We set the nextPtr of the
 	     * last element of list two to be NIL to make the loop easier and
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Lst_Concat(Lst l1, Lst l2, int flags)
 	     * to NIL space and the first element will be untouched if it
 	     * existed before and will also point to NIL space if it didn't.
 	     */
-	    list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = NilListNode;
+	    list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
 	    /*
 	     * So long as the second list isn't empty, we just link the
 	     * first element of the second list to the last element of the
@@ -109,14 +109,14 @@ Lst_Concat(Lst l1, Lst l2, int flags)
 	     * the last element of the first list.
 	     */
 	    list2->firstPtr->prevPtr = list1->lastPtr;
-	    if (list1->lastPtr != NilListNode) {
+	    if (list1->lastPtr != NULL) {
  		list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list2->firstPtr;
 	    } else {
 		list1->firstPtr = list2->firstPtr;
 	    }
 	    list1->lastPtr = list2->lastPtr;
 	}
-	if (list1->isCirc && list1->firstPtr != NilListNode) {
+	if (list1->isCirc && list1->firstPtr != NULL) {
 	    /*
 	     * If the first list is supposed to be circular and it is (now)
 	     * non-empty, we must make sure it's circular by linking the
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Lst_Concat(Lst l1, Lst l2, int flags)
 	    list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list1->firstPtr;
 	}
 	free(l2);
-    } else if (list2->firstPtr != NilListNode) {
+    } else if (list2->firstPtr != NULL) {
 	/*
 	 * We set the nextPtr of the last element of list 2 to be nil to make
 	 * the loop less difficult. The loop simply goes through the entire
@@ -139,14 +139,14 @@ Lst_Concat(Lst l1, Lst l2, int flags)
 	 * the first list must have been empty so the newly-created node is
 	 * made the first node of the list.
 	 */
-	list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = NilListNode;
+	list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
 	for (last = list1->lastPtr, ln = list2->firstPtr;
-	     ln != NilListNode;
+	     ln != NULL;
 	     ln = ln->nextPtr)
 	{
 	    PAlloc (nln, ListNode);
 	    nln->datum = ln->datum;
-	    if (last != NilListNode) {
+	    if (last != NULL) {
 		last->nextPtr = nln;
 	    } else {
 		list1->firstPtr = nln;
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Lst_Concat(Lst l1, Lst l2, int flags)
 	    list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list1->firstPtr;
 	    list1->firstPtr->prevPtr = list1->lastPtr;
 	} else {
-	    last->nextPtr = NilListNode;
+	    last->nextPtr = NULL;
 	}
 
 	if (list2->isCirc) {
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDatum.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDatum.c
index f962082b359..7df45e3d69a 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDatum.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDatum.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDatum.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -58,20 +58,20 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *	Return the datum stored in the given node.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The datum or (ick!) NIL if the node is invalid.
+ *	The datum or NULL if the node is invalid.
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	None.
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-ClientData
+void *
 Lst_Datum(LstNode ln)
 {
-    if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln != NULL) {
 	return ((ln)->datum);
     } else {
-	return ((ClientData) NIL);
+	return NULL;
     }
 }
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDeQueue.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDeQueue.c
index e54d5c79cb5..e69e188a041 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDeQueue.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDeQueue.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDeQueue.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *	Remove and return the datum at the head of the given list.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The datum in the node at the head or (ick) NIL if the list
+ *	The datum in the node at the head or NULL if the list
  *	is empty.
  *
  * Side Effects:
@@ -66,20 +66,20 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-ClientData
+void *
 Lst_DeQueue(Lst l)
 {
-    ClientData	  rd;
+    void *rd;
     ListNode	tln;
 
     tln = Lst_First(l);
-    if (tln == NilListNode) {
-	return ((ClientData) NIL);
+    if (tln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
     }
 
     rd = tln->datum;
     if (Lst_Remove(l, tln) == FAILURE) {
-	return ((ClientData) NIL);
+	return NULL;
     } else {
 	return (rd);
     }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDestroy.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDestroy.c
index 1a72fa740b4..694953a78c7 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDestroy.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDestroy.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDestroy.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -68,40 +68,34 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-Lst_Destroy(Lst l, FreeProc *freeProc)
+Lst_Destroy(Lst list, FreeProc *freeProc)
 {
     ListNode	ln;
-    ListNode	tln = NilListNode;
-    List 	list = l;
+    ListNode	tln = NULL;
 
-    if (l == NILLST || ! l) {
-	/*
-	 * Note the check for l == (Lst)0 to catch uninitialized static Lst's.
-	 * Gross, but useful.
-	 */
+    if (list == NULL)
 	return;
-    }
 
     /* To ease scanning */
-    if (list->lastPtr != NilListNode)
-	list->lastPtr->nextPtr = NilListNode;
+    if (list->lastPtr != NULL)
+	list->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
     else {
-	free(l);
+	free(list);
 	return;
     }
 
     if (freeProc) {
-	for (ln = list->firstPtr; ln != NilListNode; ln = tln) {
+	for (ln = list->firstPtr; ln != NULL; ln = tln) {
 	     tln = ln->nextPtr;
 	     freeProc(ln->datum);
 	     free(ln);
 	}
     } else {
-	for (ln = list->firstPtr; ln != NilListNode; ln = tln) {
+	for (ln = list->firstPtr; ln != NULL; ln = tln) {
 	     tln = ln->nextPtr;
 	     free(ln);
 	}
     }
 
-    free(l);
+    free(list);
 }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDupl.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDupl.c
index 05101799de6..f096c075a8e 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDupl.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstDupl.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDupl.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -56,15 +56,15 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * Lst_Duplicate --
- *	Duplicate an entire list. If a function to copy a ClientData is
+ *	Duplicate an entire list. If a function to copy a void *is
  *	given, the individual client elements will be duplicated as well.
  *
  * Input:
  *	l		the list to duplicate
- *	copyProc	A function to duplicate each ClientData
+ *	copyProc	A function to duplicate each void *
  *
  * Results:
- *	The new Lst structure or NILLST if failure.
+ *	The new Lst structure or NULL if failure.
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	A new list is created.
@@ -78,26 +78,26 @@ Lst_Duplicate(Lst l, DuplicateProc *copyProc)
     List 	list = l;
 
     if (!LstValid (l)) {
-	return (NILLST);
+	return NULL;
     }
 
     nl = Lst_Init(list->isCirc);
-    if (nl == NILLST) {
-	return (NILLST);
+    if (nl == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
     }
 
     ln = list->firstPtr;
-    while (ln != NilListNode) {
-	if (copyProc != NOCOPY) {
+    while (ln != NULL) {
+	if (copyProc != NULL) {
 	    if (Lst_AtEnd(nl, copyProc(ln->datum)) == FAILURE) {
-		return (NILLST);
+		return NULL;
 	    }
 	} else if (Lst_AtEnd(nl, ln->datum) == FAILURE) {
-	    return (NILLST);
+	    return NULL;
 	}
 
 	if (list->isCirc && ln == list->lastPtr) {
-	    ln = NilListNode;
+	    ln = NULL;
 	} else {
 	    ln = ln->nextPtr;
 	}
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstEnQueue.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstEnQueue.c
index 1b4dbd60d91..667098f6856 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstEnQueue.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstEnQueue.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstEnQueue.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 ReturnStatus
-Lst_EnQueue(Lst l, ClientData d)
+Lst_EnQueue(Lst l, void *d)
 {
     if (LstValid (l) == FALSE) {
 	return (FAILURE);
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFind.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFind.c
index afb7f26e184..a1f84c7136b 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFind.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFind.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFind.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *	and the given datum.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The found node or NILLNODE if none matches.
+ *	The found node or NULL if none matches.
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	None.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 LstNode
-Lst_Find(Lst l, ClientData d, int (*cProc)(ClientData, ClientData))
+Lst_Find(Lst l, const void *d, int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *))
 {
     return (Lst_FindFrom(l, Lst_First(l), d, cProc));
 }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFindFrom.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFindFrom.c
index 71013b6fb6b..db96f168b3d 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFindFrom.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFindFrom.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFindFrom.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *	determine when it has been found.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The found node or NILLNODE
+ *	The found node or NULL
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	None.
@@ -68,31 +68,23 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 LstNode
-Lst_FindFrom(Lst l, LstNode ln, ClientData d,
-	     int (*cProc)(ClientData, ClientData))
+Lst_FindFrom(Lst l, LstNode ln, const void *d,
+	     int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *))
 {
     ListNode	tln;
-    Boolean		found = FALSE;
 
     if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l) || !LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
-	return (NILLNODE);
+	return NULL;
     }
 
     tln = ln;
 
     do {
-	if ((*cProc) (tln->datum, d) == 0) {
-	    found = TRUE;
-	    break;
-	} else {
-	    tln = tln->nextPtr;
-	}
-    } while (tln != ln && tln != NilListNode);
+	if ((*cProc)(tln->datum, d) == 0)
+	    return (tln);
+	tln = tln->nextPtr;
+    } while (tln != ln && tln != NULL);
 
-    if (found) {
-	return (tln);
-    } else {
-	return (NILLNODE);
-    }
+    return NULL;
 }
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFirst.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFirst.c
index f81693aa123..a29e6164912 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFirst.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstFirst.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFirst.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *	Return the first node on the given list.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The first node or NILLNODE if the list is empty.
+ *	The first node or NULL if the list is empty.
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	None.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ LstNode
 Lst_First(Lst l)
 {
     if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l)) {
-	return (NILLNODE);
+	return NULL;
     } else {
 	return (l->firstPtr);
     }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstForEach.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstForEach.c
index eaeccd672bf..0dcdcca9cc2 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstForEach.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstForEach.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstForEach.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  */
 /*VARARGS2*/
 int
-Lst_ForEach(Lst l, int (*proc)(ClientData, ClientData), ClientData d)
+Lst_ForEach(Lst l, int (*proc)(void *, void *), void *d)
 {
     return Lst_ForEachFrom(l, Lst_First(l), proc, d);
 }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.c
index 5c734a1fe23..8ec661548be 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstForEachFrom.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  */
 /*VARARGS2*/
 int
-Lst_ForEachFrom(Lst l, LstNode ln, int (*proc)(ClientData, ClientData),
-		ClientData d)
+Lst_ForEachFrom(Lst l, LstNode ln, int (*proc)(void *, void *),
+		void *d)
 {
     ListNode	tln = ln;
     List 	list = l;
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Lst_ForEachFrom(Lst l, LstNode ln, int (*proc)(ClientData, ClientData),
 	 *  - nothing's been added after the current node (check this
 	 *    after proc() has been called).
 	 */
-	done = (next == NilListNode || next == list->firstPtr);
+	done = (next == NULL || next == list->firstPtr);
 
 	(void) tln->useCount++;
 	result = (*proc) (tln->datum, d);
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInit.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInit.c
index c560a27dfb1..f1d8c5f98ca 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInit.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInit.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstInit.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ Lst_Init(Boolean circ)
 
     PAlloc (nList, List);
 
-    nList->firstPtr = NilListNode;
-    nList->lastPtr = NilListNode;
+    nList->firstPtr = NULL;
+    nList->lastPtr = NULL;
     nList->isOpen = FALSE;
     nList->isCirc = circ;
     nList->atEnd = Unknown;
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInsert.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInsert.c
index fd02184a030..5b4735b5c28 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInsert.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInsert.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstInsert.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $");
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 ReturnStatus
-Lst_InsertBefore(Lst l, LstNode ln, ClientData d)
+Lst_InsertBefore(Lst l, LstNode ln, void *d)
 {
     ListNode	nLNode;	/* new lnode for d */
     ListNode	lNode = ln;
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Lst_InsertBefore(Lst l, LstNode ln, ClientData d)
     /*
      * check validity of arguments
      */
-    if (LstValid (l) && (LstIsEmpty (l) && ln == NILLNODE))
+    if (LstValid (l) && (LstIsEmpty (l) && ln == NULL))
 	goto ok;
 
     if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l) || !LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
@@ -96,18 +96,18 @@ Lst_InsertBefore(Lst l, LstNode ln, ClientData d)
     nLNode->datum = d;
     nLNode->useCount = nLNode->flags = 0;
 
-    if (ln == NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln == NULL) {
 	if (list->isCirc) {
 	    nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode;
 	} else {
-	    nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode->nextPtr = NilListNode;
+	    nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode->nextPtr = NULL;
 	}
 	list->firstPtr = list->lastPtr = nLNode;
     } else {
 	nLNode->prevPtr = lNode->prevPtr;
 	nLNode->nextPtr = lNode;
 
-	if (nLNode->prevPtr != NilListNode) {
+	if (nLNode->prevPtr != NULL) {
 	    nLNode->prevPtr->nextPtr = nLNode;
 	}
 	lNode->prevPtr = nLNode;
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInt.h b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInt.h
index 484f4c512ea..4eb873fc2f2 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInt.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstInt.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstInt.h,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:32 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstInt.h,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
 #ifndef _LSTINT_H_
 #define _LSTINT_H_
 
-#include	  "../make.h"
 #include	  "../lst.h"
+#include	  "../make_malloc.h"
 
 typedef struct ListNode {
 	struct ListNode	*prevPtr;   /* previous element in list */
@@ -51,15 +51,13 @@ typedef struct ListNode {
 				     * node may not be deleted until count
 				     * goes to 0 */
  	    	    	flags:8;    /* Node status flags */
-	ClientData	datum;	    /* datum associated with this element */
+	void		*datum;	    /* datum associated with this element */
 } *ListNode;
 /*
  * Flags required for synchronization
  */
 #define LN_DELETED  	0x0001      /* List node should be removed when done */
 
-#define NilListNode	((ListNode)-1)
-
 typedef enum {
     Head, Middle, Tail, Unknown
 } Where;
@@ -74,14 +72,12 @@ typedef struct	List {
  */
 	Where	  	atEnd;	  /* Where in the list the last access was */
 	Boolean	  	isOpen;	  /* true if list has been Lst_Open'ed */
-	ListNode  	curPtr;	  /* current node, if open. NilListNode if
+	ListNode  	curPtr;	  /* current node, if open. NULL if
 				   * *just* opened */
 	ListNode  	prevPtr;  /* Previous node, if open. Used by
 				   * Lst_Remove */
 } *List;
 
-#define NilList	  	((List)-1)
-
 /*
  * PAlloc (var, ptype) --
  *	Allocate a pointer-typedef structure 'ptype' into the variable 'var'
@@ -92,18 +88,18 @@ typedef struct	List {
  * LstValid (l) --
  *	Return TRUE if the list l is valid
  */
-#define LstValid(l)	((Lst)(l) != NILLST)
+#define LstValid(l)	((Lst)(l) != NULL)
 
 /*
  * LstNodeValid (ln, l) --
  *	Return TRUE if the LstNode ln is valid with respect to l
  */
-#define LstNodeValid(ln, l)	((ln) != NILLNODE)
+#define LstNodeValid(ln, l)	((ln) != NULL)
 
 /*
  * LstIsEmpty (l) --
  *	TRUE if the list l is empty.
  */
-#define LstIsEmpty(l)	(((List)(l))->firstPtr == NilListNode)
+#define LstIsEmpty(l)	(((List)(l))->firstPtr == NULL)
 
 #endif /* _LSTINT_H_ */
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.c
index b9e08809958..091c89b7e06 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstIsAtEnd.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.c
index a6e036497ae..2a66c748244 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstIsEmpty.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
  * Side Effects:
  *	None.
  *
- *	A list is considered empty if its firstPtr == NilListNode (or if
- *	the list itself is NILLIST).
+ *	A list is considered empty if its firstPtr == NULL (or if
+ *	the list itself is NULL).
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 Boolean
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstLast.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstLast.c
index 7c1b72a96fe..6bb1b9bd3e9 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstLast.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstLast.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstLast.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
  *	Return the last node on the list l.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The requested node or NILLNODE if the list is empty.
+ *	The requested node or NULL if the list is empty.
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	None.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ LstNode
 Lst_Last(Lst l)
 {
     if (!LstValid(l) || LstIsEmpty (l)) {
-	return (NILLNODE);
+	return NULL;
     } else {
 	return (l->lastPtr);
     }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstMember.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstMember.c
index 9152c23e4fc..928ae2778ac 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstMember.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstMember.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstMember.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:33 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
 #include    "lstInt.h"
 
 LstNode
-Lst_Member(Lst l, ClientData d)
+Lst_Member(Lst l, void *d)
 {
     List    	  	list = l;
     ListNode	lNode;
 
     lNode = list->firstPtr;
-    if (lNode == NilListNode) {
-	return NILLNODE;
+    if (lNode == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
     }
 
     do {
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Lst_Member(Lst l, ClientData d)
 	    return lNode;
 	}
 	lNode = lNode->nextPtr;
-    } while (lNode != NilListNode && lNode != list->firstPtr);
+    } while (lNode != NULL && lNode != list->firstPtr);
 
-    return NILLNODE;
+    return NULL;
 }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstNext.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstNext.c
index 16cae3f977b..3ced232a18d 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstNext.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstNext.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstNext.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
  *	Return the next node for the given list.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The next node or NILLNODE if the list has yet to be opened. Also
- *	if the list is non-circular and the end has been reached, NILLNODE
+ *	The next node or NULL if the list has yet to be opened. Also
+ *	if the list is non-circular and the end has been reached, NULL
  *	is returned.
  *
  * Side Effects:
@@ -80,12 +80,12 @@ Lst_Next(Lst l)
 
     if ((LstValid (l) == FALSE) ||
 	(list->isOpen == FALSE)) {
-	    return (NILLNODE);
+	    return NULL;
     }
 
     list->prevPtr = list->curPtr;
 
-    if (list->curPtr == NilListNode) {
+    if (list->curPtr == NULL) {
 	if (list->atEnd == Unknown) {
 	    /*
 	     * If we're just starting out, atEnd will be Unknown.
@@ -95,14 +95,14 @@ Lst_Next(Lst l)
 	    list->curPtr = tln = list->firstPtr;
 	    list->atEnd = Middle;
 	} else {
-	    tln = NilListNode;
+	    tln = NULL;
 	    list->atEnd = Tail;
 	}
     } else {
 	tln = list->curPtr->nextPtr;
 	list->curPtr = tln;
 
-	if (tln == list->firstPtr || tln == NilListNode) {
+	if (tln == list->firstPtr || tln == NULL) {
 	    /*
 	     * If back at the front, then we've hit the end...
 	     */
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstOpen.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstOpen.c
index 8c3b17b19ce..136b7baddfa 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstOpen.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstOpen.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstOpen.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
  *	SUCCESS or FAILURE.
  *
  * Side Effects:
- *	isOpen is set TRUE and curPtr is set to NilListNode so the
+ *	isOpen is set TRUE and curPtr is set to NULL so the
  *	other sequential functions no it was just opened and can choose
  *	the first element accessed based on this.
  *
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Lst_Open(Lst l)
 	}
 	(l)->isOpen = TRUE;
 	(l)->atEnd = LstIsEmpty (l) ? Head : Unknown;
-	(l)->curPtr = NilListNode;
+	(l)->curPtr = NULL;
 
 	return (SUCCESS);
 }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstPrev.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstPrev.c
index 1178fd676ee..08af7ba3113 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstPrev.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstPrev.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstSucc.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
 LstNode
 Lst_Prev(LstNode ln)
 {
-    if (ln == NILLNODE) {
-	return (NILLNODE);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
     } else {
 	return (ln->prevPtr);
     }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstRemove.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstRemove.c
index a100c64dc3e..6a5a0858711 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstRemove.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstRemove.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstRemove.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
  *	SUCCESS or FAILURE.
  *
  * Side Effects:
- *	The list's firstPtr will be set to NilListNode if ln is the last
+ *	The list's firstPtr will be set to NULL if ln is the last
  *	node on the list. firsPtr and lastPtr will be altered if ln is
  *	either the first or last node, respectively, on the list.
  *
@@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ Lst_Remove(Lst l, LstNode ln)
     /*
      * unlink it from the list
      */
-    if (lNode->nextPtr != NilListNode) {
+    if (lNode->nextPtr != NULL) {
 	lNode->nextPtr->prevPtr = lNode->prevPtr;
     }
-    if (lNode->prevPtr != NilListNode) {
+    if (lNode->prevPtr != NULL) {
 	lNode->prevPtr->nextPtr = lNode->nextPtr;
     }
 
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ Lst_Remove(Lst l, LstNode ln)
     /*
      * Sequential access stuff. If the node we're removing is the current
      * node in the list, reset the current node to the previous one. If the
-     * previous one was non-existent (prevPtr == NilListNode), we set the
+     * previous one was non-existent (prevPtr == NULL), we set the
      * end to be Unknown, since it is.
      */
     if (list->isOpen && (list->curPtr == lNode)) {
 	list->curPtr = list->prevPtr;
-	if (list->curPtr == NilListNode) {
+	if (list->curPtr == NULL) {
 	    list->atEnd = Unknown;
 	}
     }
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Lst_Remove(Lst l, LstNode ln)
      * this case). The list is, therefore, empty and is marked as such
      */
     if (list->firstPtr == lNode) {
-	list->firstPtr = NilListNode;
+	list->firstPtr = NULL;
     }
 
     /*
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstReplace.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstReplace.c
index 2cd6fa3368b..014a5c3b64b 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstReplace.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstReplace.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstReplace.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 ReturnStatus
-Lst_Replace(LstNode ln, ClientData d)
+Lst_Replace(LstNode ln, void *d)
 {
-    if (ln == NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln == NULL) {
 	return (FAILURE);
     } else {
 	(ln)->datum = d;
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstSucc.c b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstSucc.c
index e4513faeac3..efb408c33f1 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstSucc.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/lstSucc.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstSucc.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $");
 LstNode
 Lst_Succ(LstNode ln)
 {
-    if (ln == NILLNODE) {
-	return (NILLNODE);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
     } else {
 	return (ln->nextPtr);
     }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/makefile.boot.in b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/makefile.boot.in
index e771f511f3d..39a6ff7f911 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/makefile.boot.in
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/lst.lib/makefile.boot.in
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # RCSid:
-#	$Id: makefile.boot.in,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+#	$Id: makefile.boot.in,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 
 srcdir=@srcdir@
 VPATH=.:$(srcdir)
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/machine.sh b/devel/bmake/files/machine.sh
index 5789b16d695..2719b79d116 100755
--- a/devel/bmake/files/machine.sh
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/machine.sh
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 # derrived from /etc/rc_d/os.sh
 
 # RCSid:
-#	$Id: machine.sh,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:23 joerg Exp $
+#	$Id: machine.sh,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $
 #
 #	@(#) Copyright (c) 1994-2002 Simon J. Gerraty
 #
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/main.c b/devel/bmake/files/main.c
index d10dabad989..3cf372ffd1b 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/main.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/main.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:23 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:29 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:23 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:29 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ __COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993\
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:23 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:29 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -179,9 +179,10 @@ static const char *	tracefile;
 static char *		Check_Cwd_av(int, char **, int);
 #endif
 static void		MainParseArgs(int, char **);
-static int		ReadMakefile(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int		ReadMakefile(const void *, const void *);
 static void		usage(void);
 
+static Boolean		ignorePWD;	/* if we use -C, PWD is meaningless */
 static char curdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1];	/* startup directory */
 static char objdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1];	/* where we chdir'ed to */
 char *progname;				/* the program name */
@@ -215,6 +216,9 @@ parse_debug_options(const char *argvalue)
 		case 'a':
 			debug |= DEBUG_ARCH;
 			break;
+		case 'C':
+			debug |= DEBUG_CWD;
+			break;
 		case 'c':
 			debug |= DEBUG_COND;
 			break;
@@ -341,7 +345,7 @@ MainParseArgs(int argc, char **argv)
 	Boolean inOption, dashDash = FALSE;
 	char found_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1];	/* for searching for sys.mk */
 
-#define OPTFLAGS "BD:I:J:NST:V:WXd:ef:ij:km:nqrst"
+#define OPTFLAGS "BC:D:I:J:NST:V:WXd:ef:ij:km:nqrst"
 /* Can't actually use getopt(3) because rescanning is not portable */
 
 	getopt_def = OPTFLAGS;
@@ -392,8 +396,18 @@ rearg:
 			compatMake = TRUE;
 			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-B", VAR_GLOBAL);
 			break;
+		case 'C':
+			if (chdir(argvalue) == -1) {
+				(void)fprintf(stderr,
+					      "%s: chdir %s: %s\n",
+					      progname, argvalue,
+					      strerror(errno));
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			ignorePWD = TRUE;
+			break;
 		case 'D':
-			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			if (argvalue == NULL || argvalue[0] == 0) goto noarg;
 			Var_Set(argvalue, "1", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
 			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-D", VAR_GLOBAL);
 			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
@@ -593,7 +607,7 @@ noarg:
  *	Only those that come from the various arguments.
  */
 void
-Main_ParseArgLine(char *line)
+Main_ParseArgLine(const char *line)
 {
 	char **argv;			/* Manufactured argument vector */
 	int argc;			/* Number of arguments in argv */
@@ -629,6 +643,11 @@ Main_ParseArgLine(char *line)
 		free(p1);
 
 	argv = brk_string(buf, &argc, TRUE, &args);
+	if (argv == NULL) {
+		Error("Unterminated quoted string [%s]", buf);
+		free(buf);
+		return;
+	}
 	free(buf);
 	MainParseArgs(argc, argv);
 
@@ -682,11 +701,27 @@ Main_SetObjdir(const char *path)
  *	TRUE if ok, FALSE on error
  */
 static int
-ReadAllMakefiles(ClientData p, ClientData q)
+ReadAllMakefiles(const void *p, const void *q)
 {
 	return (ReadMakefile(p, q) == 0);
 }
 
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+siginfo(int signo)
+{
+	char dir[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char str[2 * MAXPATHLEN];
+	int len;
+	if (getcwd(dir, sizeof(dir)) == NULL)
+		return;
+	len = snprintf(str, sizeof(str), "%s: Working in: %s\n", progname, dir);
+	if (len > 0)
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, str, (size_t)len);
+}
+#endif
+
 /*-
  * main --
  *	The main function, for obvious reasons. Initializes variables
@@ -732,8 +767,11 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	/* default to writing debug to stderr */
 	debug_file = stderr;
 
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+	(void)signal(SIGINFO, siginfo);
+#endif
 	/*
-	 * Set the seed to produce a different random sequences
+	 * Set the seed to produce a different random sequence
 	 * on each program execution.
 	 */
 	gettimeofday(&rightnow, NULL);
@@ -756,42 +794,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 		}
 	}
 #endif
-	/*
-	 * Find where we are and take care of PWD for the automounter...
-	 * All this code is so that we know where we are when we start up
-	 * on a different machine with pmake.
-	 */
-	if (getcwd(curdir, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) {
-		(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno));
-		exit(2);
-	}
 
-	if (stat(curdir, &sa) == -1) {
-	    (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s: %s.\n",
-		 progname, curdir, strerror(errno));
-	    exit(2);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Overriding getcwd() with $PWD totally breaks MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
-	 * since the value of curdir can very depending on how we got
-	 * here.  Ie sitting at a shell prompt (shell that provides $PWD)
-	 * or via subdir.mk in which case its likely a shell which does
-	 * not provide it.
-	 * So, to stop it breaking this case only, we ignore PWD if
-	 * MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or MAKEOBJDIR contains a transform.
-	 */
-#ifndef NO_PWD_OVERRIDE
-	if ((pwd = getenv("PWD")) != NULL && getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX") == NULL) {
-		const char *makeobjdir = getenv("MAKEOBJDIR");
-
-		if (makeobjdir == NULL || !strchr(makeobjdir, '$')) {
-			if (stat(pwd, &sb) == 0 && sa.st_ino == sb.st_ino &&
-			    sa.st_dev == sb.st_dev)
-				(void)strncpy(curdir, pwd, MAXPATHLEN);
-		}
-	}
-#endif
 	/*
 	 * Get the name of this type of MACHINE from utsname
 	 * so we can share an executable for similar machines.
@@ -834,7 +837,6 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	 */
 	Var_Init();		/* Initialize the lists of variables for
 				 * parsing arguments */
-	Var_Set(".CURDIR", curdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
 	Var_Set("MACHINE", machine, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
 	Var_Set("MACHINE_ARCH", machine_arch, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
 #ifdef MAKE_VERSION
@@ -842,32 +844,6 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 #endif
 	Var_Set(".newline", "\n", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* handy for :@ loops */
 
-	/*
-	 * Find the .OBJDIR.  If MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, or failing that,
-	 * MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment, try only that value
-	 * and fall back to .CURDIR if it does not exist.
-	 *
-	 * Otherwise, try _PATH_OBJDIR.MACHINE, _PATH_OBJDIR, and
-	 * finally _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX`pwd`, in that order.  If none
-	 * of these paths exist, just use .CURDIR.
-	 */
-	Dir_Init(curdir);
-	(void)Main_SetObjdir(curdir);
-
-	if ((path = getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX")) != NULL) {
-		(void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s%s", path, curdir);
-		(void)Main_SetObjdir(mdpath);
-	} else if ((path = getenv("MAKEOBJDIR")) != NULL) {
-		(void)Main_SetObjdir(path);
-	} else {
-		(void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s.%s", _PATH_OBJDIR, machine);
-		if (!Main_SetObjdir(mdpath) && !Main_SetObjdir(_PATH_OBJDIR)) {
-			(void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s%s", 
-					_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX, curdir);
-			(void)Main_SetObjdir(mdpath);
-		}
-	}
-
 	create = Lst_Init(FALSE);
 	makefiles = Lst_Init(FALSE);
 	printVars = FALSE;
@@ -887,7 +863,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	maxJobs = DEFMAXLOCAL;		/* Set default local max concurrency */
 	maxJobTokens = maxJobs;
 	compatMake = FALSE;		/* No compat mode */
-
+	ignorePWD = FALSE;
 
 	/*
 	 * Initialize the parsing, directory and variable modules to prepare
@@ -914,7 +890,12 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	 */
 	{
 	    char tmp[64];
+	    const char *ep;
 
+	    if (!(ep = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL))) {
+		ep = "0";
+	    }
+	    Var_Set(MAKE_LEVEL, ep, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
 	    snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", getpid());
 	    Var_Set(".MAKE.PID", tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
 	    snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", getppid());
@@ -936,6 +917,72 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	MainParseArgs(argc, argv);
 
 	/*
+	 * Find where we are (now) and take care of PWD for the automounter...
+	 * All this code is so that we know where we are when we start up
+	 * on a different machine with pmake.
+	 */
+	if (getcwd(curdir, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno));
+		exit(2);
+	}
+
+	if (stat(curdir, &sa) == -1) {
+	    (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s: %s.\n",
+		 progname, curdir, strerror(errno));
+	    exit(2);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Overriding getcwd() with $PWD totally breaks MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+	 * since the value of curdir can vary depending on how we got
+	 * here.  Ie sitting at a shell prompt (shell that provides $PWD)
+	 * or via subdir.mk in which case its likely a shell which does
+	 * not provide it.
+	 * So, to stop it breaking this case only, we ignore PWD if
+	 * MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or MAKEOBJDIR contains a transform.
+	 */
+#ifndef NO_PWD_OVERRIDE
+	if (!ignorePWD &&
+	    (pwd = getenv("PWD")) != NULL &&
+	    getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX") == NULL) {
+		const char *makeobjdir = getenv("MAKEOBJDIR");
+
+		if (makeobjdir == NULL || !strchr(makeobjdir, '$')) {
+			if (stat(pwd, &sb) == 0 && sa.st_ino == sb.st_ino &&
+			    sa.st_dev == sb.st_dev)
+				(void)strncpy(curdir, pwd, MAXPATHLEN);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	Var_Set(".CURDIR", curdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+	/*
+	 * Find the .OBJDIR.  If MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, or failing that,
+	 * MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment, try only that value
+	 * and fall back to .CURDIR if it does not exist.
+	 *
+	 * Otherwise, try _PATH_OBJDIR.MACHINE, _PATH_OBJDIR, and
+	 * finally _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX`pwd`, in that order.  If none
+	 * of these paths exist, just use .CURDIR.
+	 */
+	Dir_Init(curdir);
+	(void)Main_SetObjdir(curdir);
+
+	if ((path = getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX")) != NULL) {
+		(void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s%s", path, curdir);
+		(void)Main_SetObjdir(mdpath);
+	} else if ((path = getenv("MAKEOBJDIR")) != NULL) {
+		(void)Main_SetObjdir(path);
+	} else {
+		(void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s.%s", _PATH_OBJDIR, machine);
+		if (!Main_SetObjdir(mdpath) && !Main_SetObjdir(_PATH_OBJDIR)) {
+			(void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s%s", 
+					_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX, curdir);
+			(void)Main_SetObjdir(mdpath);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
 	 * Be compatible if user did not specify -j and did not explicitly
 	 * turned compatibility on
 	 */
@@ -952,7 +999,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	Suff_Init();
 	Trace_Init(tracefile);
 
-	DEFAULT = NILGNODE;
+	DEFAULT = NULL;
 	(void)time(&now);
 
 	Trace_Log(MAKESTART, NULL);
@@ -965,7 +1012,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	if (!Lst_IsEmpty(create)) {
 		LstNode ln;
 
-		for (ln = Lst_First(create); ln != NILLNODE;
+		for (ln = Lst_First(create); ln != NULL;
 		    ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
 			char *name = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 
@@ -1020,7 +1067,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 			Fatal("%s: no system rules (%s).", progname,
 			    _PATH_DEFSYSMK);
 		ln = Lst_Find(sysMkPath, NULL, ReadMakefile);
-		if (ln == NILLNODE)
+		if (ln == NULL)
 			Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname,
 			    (char *)Lst_Datum(ln));
 	}
@@ -1029,16 +1076,16 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 		LstNode ln;
 
 		ln = Lst_Find(makefiles, NULL, ReadAllMakefiles);
-		if (ln != NILLNODE)
+		if (ln != NULL)
 			Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname, 
 			    (char *)Lst_Datum(ln));
-	} else if (ReadMakefile(UNCONST("makefile"), NULL) != 0)
-		(void)ReadMakefile(UNCONST("Makefile"), NULL);
+	} else if (ReadMakefile("makefile", NULL) != 0)
+		(void)ReadMakefile("Makefile", NULL);
 
 	/* In particular suppress .depend for '-r -V .OBJDIR -f /dev/null' */
 	if (!noBuiltins || !printVars) {
 		doing_depend = TRUE;
-		(void)ReadMakefile(UNCONST(".depend"), NULL);
+		(void)ReadMakefile(".depend", NULL);
 		doing_depend = FALSE;
 	}
 
@@ -1109,7 +1156,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	if (printVars) {
 		LstNode ln;
 
-		for (ln = Lst_First(variables); ln != NILLNODE;
+		for (ln = Lst_First(variables); ln != NULL;
 		    ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
 			char *var = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 			char *value;
@@ -1160,9 +1207,9 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	}
 
 #ifdef CLEANUP
-	Lst_Destroy(targs, NOFREE);
-	Lst_Destroy(variables, NOFREE);
-	Lst_Destroy(makefiles, NOFREE);
+	Lst_Destroy(targs, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(variables, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(makefiles, NULL);
 	Lst_Destroy(create, (FreeProc *)free);
 #endif
 
@@ -1195,9 +1242,9 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
  *	lots
  */
 static int
-ReadMakefile(ClientData p, ClientData q __unused)
+ReadMakefile(const void *p, const void *q __unused)
 {
-	char *fname = p;		/* makefile to read */
+	const char *fname = p;		/* makefile to read */
 	int fd;
 	size_t len = MAXPATHLEN;
 	char *name, *path = bmake_malloc(len);
@@ -1314,12 +1361,17 @@ Check_Cwd_av(int ac, char **av, int copy)
     int i;
     int n;
 
-    if (Check_Cwd_Off)
+    if (Check_Cwd_Off) {
+	if (DEBUG(CWD))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "check_cwd: check is off.\n");
 	return NULL;
+    }
     
     if (make[0] == NULL) {
 	if (Var_Exists("NOCHECKMAKECHDIR", VAR_GLOBAL)) {
 	    Check_Cwd_Off = 1;
+	    if (DEBUG(CWD))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "check_cwd: turning check off.\n");
 	    return NULL;
 	}
 	    
@@ -1332,12 +1384,18 @@ Check_Cwd_av(int ac, char **av, int copy)
         make[2] = NULL;
         cur_dir = Var_Value(".CURDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp);
     }
-    if (ac == 0 || av == NULL)
+    if (ac == 0 || av == NULL) {
+	if (DEBUG(CWD))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "check_cwd: empty command.\n");
         return NULL;			/* initialization only */
+    }
 
     if (getenv("MAKEOBJDIR") == NULL &&
-        getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX") == NULL)
+        getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX") == NULL) {
+	if (DEBUG(CWD))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "check_cwd: no obj dirs.\n");
         return NULL;
+    }
 
     
     next_cmd = 1;
@@ -1360,8 +1418,8 @@ Check_Cwd_av(int ac, char **av, int copy)
 		/*
 		 * XXX this should not happen.
 		 */
-		fprintf(stderr, "WARNING: raw arg ends in shell meta '%s'\n",
-			av[i]);
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: WARNING: raw arg ends in shell meta '%s'\n",
+		    progname, av[i]);
 	    }
 	} else
 	    next_cmd = 0;
@@ -1370,10 +1428,9 @@ Check_Cwd_av(int ac, char **av, int copy)
 	if (*cp == ';' || *cp == '&' || *cp == '|')
 	    is_cmd = 1;
 	
-#ifdef check_cwd_debug
-	fprintf(stderr, "av[%d] == %s '%s'",
+	if (DEBUG(CWD))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "av[%d] == %s '%s'",
 		i, (is_cmd) ? "cmd" : "arg", av[i]);
-#endif
 	if (is_cmd != 0) {
 	    if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{' ||
 		*cp == ';' || *cp == '&' || *cp == '|') {
@@ -1387,25 +1444,22 @@ Check_Cwd_av(int ac, char **av, int copy)
 		}
 	    }
 	    if (strcmp(cp, "cd") == 0 || strcmp(cp, "chdir") == 0) {
-#ifdef check_cwd_debug
-		fprintf(stderr, " == cd, done.\n");
-#endif
+		if (DEBUG(CWD))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, " == cd, done.\n");
 		return NULL;
 	    }
 	    for (mp = make; *mp != NULL; ++mp) {
 		n = strlen(*mp);
 		if (strcmp(cp, *mp) == 0) {
-#ifdef check_cwd_debug
-		    fprintf(stderr, " %s == '%s', chdir(%s)\n",
+		    if (DEBUG(CWD))
+			fprintf(debug_file, " %s == '%s', chdir(%s)\n",
 			    cp, *mp, cur_dir);
-#endif
 		    return cur_dir;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
-#ifdef check_cwd_debug
-	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
-#endif
+	if (DEBUG(CWD))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
     }
     return NULL;
 }
@@ -1422,10 +1476,9 @@ Check_Cwd_Cmd(const char *cmd)
     
     if (cmd) {
 	av = brk_string(cmd, &ac, TRUE, &bp);
-#ifdef check_cwd_debug
-	fprintf(stderr, "splitting: '%s' -> %d words\n",
+	if (DEBUG(CWD))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "splitting: '%s' -> %d words\n",
 		cmd, ac);
-#endif
     } else {
 	ac = 0;
 	av = NULL;
@@ -1541,13 +1594,13 @@ Cmd_Exec(const char *cmd, const char **errnum)
 	 */
 	(void)close(fds[1]);
 
-	buf = Buf_Init(0);
+	Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
 
 	do {
 	    char   result[BUFSIZ];
 	    cc = read(fds[0], result, sizeof(result));
 	    if (cc > 0)
-		Buf_AddBytes(buf, cc, (Byte *)result);
+		Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cc, result);
 	}
 	while (cc > 0 || (cc == -1 && errno == EINTR));
 
@@ -1562,13 +1615,15 @@ Cmd_Exec(const char *cmd, const char **errnum)
 	while(((pid = waitpid(cpid, &status, 0)) != cpid) && (pid >= 0))
 	    continue;
 
-	res = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, &cc);
-	Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
+	cc = Buf_Size(&buf);
+	res = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
 
 	if (cc == 0)
 	    *errnum = "Couldn't read shell's output for \"%s\"";
 
-	if (WAIT_STATUS(status))
+	if (WIFSIGNALED(status))
+	    *errnum = "\"%s\" exited on a signal";
+	else if (WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0)
 	    *errnum = "\"%s\" returned non-zero status";
 
 	/*
@@ -1614,13 +1669,22 @@ void
 Error(const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list ap;
-
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", progname);
-	(void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
-	va_end(ap);
-	(void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
-	(void)fflush(stderr);
+	FILE *err_file;
+
+	err_file = debug_file;
+	if (err_file == stdout)
+		err_file = stderr;
+	for (;;) {
+		va_start(ap, fmt);
+		fprintf(err_file, "%s: ", progname);
+		(void)vfprintf(err_file, fmt, ap);
+		va_end(ap);
+		(void)fprintf(err_file, "\n");
+		(void)fflush(err_file);
+		if (err_file == stderr)
+			break;
+		err_file = stderr;
+	}
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -1725,84 +1789,6 @@ Finish(int errors)
 	Fatal("%d error%s", errors, errors == 1 ? "" : "s");
 }
 
-#ifndef USE_EMALLOC
-/*
- * enomem --
- *	die when out of memory.
- */
-static void
-enomem(void)
-{
-	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno));
-	exit(2);
-}
-
-/*
- * bmake_malloc --
- *	malloc, but die on error.
- */
-void *
-bmake_malloc(size_t len)
-{
-	void *p;
-
-	if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
-		enomem();
-	return(p);
-}
-
-/*
- * bmake_strdup --
- *	strdup, but die on error.
- */
-char *
-bmake_strdup(const char *str)
-{
-	size_t len;
-	char *p;
-
-	len = strlen(str) + 1;
-	if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
-		enomem();
-	return memcpy(p, str, len);
-}
-
-/*
- * bmake_strndup --
- *	strndup, but die on error.
- */
-char *
-bmake_strndup(const char *str, size_t max_len)
-{
-	size_t len;
-	char *p;
-
-	if (str == NULL)
-		return NULL;
-
-	len = strlen(str);
-	if (len > max_len)
-		len = max_len;
-	p = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
-	memcpy(p, str, len);
-	p[len] = '\0';
-
-	return(p);
-}
-
-/*
- * bmake_realloc --
- *	realloc, but die on error.
- */
-void *
-bmake_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
-{
-	if ((ptr = realloc(ptr, size)) == NULL)
-		enomem();
-	return(ptr);
-}
-#endif
-
 /*
  * enunlink --
  *	Remove a file carefully, avoiding directories.
@@ -1837,7 +1823,7 @@ execError(const char *af, const char *av)
 	    iov[i].iov_len = strlen(iov[i].iov_base), \
 	    i++)
 #else
-#define	IOADD(void)write(2, s, strlen(s))
+#define	IOADD(s) (void)write(2, s, strlen(s))
 #endif
 
 	IOADD(progname);
@@ -1862,7 +1848,8 @@ static void
 usage(void)
 {
 	(void)fprintf(stderr,
-"usage: %s [-BeikNnqrstWX] [-D variable] [-d flags] [-f makefile]\n\
+"usage: %s [-BeikNnqrstWX] \n\
+            [-C directory] [-D variable] [-d flags] [-f makefile]\n\
             [-I directory] [-J private] [-j max_jobs] [-m directory] [-T file]\n\
             [-V variable] [variable=value] [target ...]\n", progname);
 	exit(2);
@@ -1870,7 +1857,7 @@ usage(void)
 
 
 int
-PrintAddr(ClientData a, ClientData b)
+PrintAddr(void *a, void *b)
 {
     printf("%lx ", (unsigned long) a);
     return b ? 0 : 0;
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/make-conf.h b/devel/bmake/files/make-conf.h
index a61dabc8f4c..732903a7122 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/make-conf.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/make-conf.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: make-conf.h,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:23 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: make-conf.h,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/make.1 b/devel/bmake/files/make.1
index 08956b6be4d..08f31dc1c8c 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/make.1
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/make.1
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.\"	$NetBSD: make.1,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:24 joerg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: make.1,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:29 joerg Exp $
 .\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
 .\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 .\"
 .\"	from: @(#)make.1	8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
 .\"
-.Dd October 29, 2008
+.Dd September 7, 2009
 .Dt MAKE 1
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
@@ -39,6 +39,9 @@
 .Nm
 .Op Fl BeikNnqrstWX
 .Bk -words
+.Op Fl C Ar directory
+.Ek
+.Bk -words
 .Op Fl D Ar variable
 .Ek
 .Bk -words
@@ -104,6 +107,16 @@ The options are as follows:
 .It Fl B
 Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and
 by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence.
+.It Fl C Ar directory
+Change to
+.Ar directory
+before reading the makefiles or doing anything else.
+If multiple
+.Fl C
+options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one:
+.Fl C Pa / Fl C Pa etc
+is equivalent to
+.Fl C Pa /etc .
 .It Fl D Ar variable
 Define
 .Ar variable
@@ -132,6 +145,8 @@ Print all possible debugging information;
 equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags.
 .It Ar a
 Print debugging information about archive searching and caching.
+.It Ar C
+Print debugging information about current working directory.
 .It Ar c
 Print debugging information about conditional evaluation.
 .It Ar d
@@ -183,16 +198,24 @@ Also known as "loud" behavior.
 Print debugging information about making targets, including modification
 dates.
 .It Ar n
-Don't delete the temporary command scripts created in
+Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands.
+These temporary scripts are created in the directory
+referred to by the
+.Ev TMPDIR
+environment variable, or in
 .Pa /tmp
-when running commands.
-These are created via
-.Xr mkstemp 3
+if
+.Ev TMPDIR
+is unset or set to the empty string.
+The temporary scripts are created by
+.Xr mkstemp 3 ,
 and have names of the form
-.Pa /tmp/makeXXXXX .
+.Pa makeXXXXXX .
 .Em NOTE :
-This can create many file in
-.Pa /tmp
+This can create many files in
+.Ev TMPDIR
+or
+.Pa /tmp ,
 so use with care.
 .It Ar p
 Print debugging information about makefile parsing.
@@ -246,6 +269,14 @@ may have running at any one time.
 Turns compatibility mode off, unless the
 .Ar B
 flag is also specified.
+When compatibility mode is off, all commands associated with a
+target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the
+traditional one shell invocation per line.
+This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each
+command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment
+on the next line.
+It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards
+compatibility on.
 .It Fl k
 Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets
 that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error.
@@ -497,6 +528,14 @@ If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surrounding
 braces or parentheses are not required.
 This shorter form is not recommended.
 .Pp
+If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first.
+This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names containing dollar,
+braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided!
+.Pp
+If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$
+the string is expanded again.
+.Pp
 Variable substitution occurs at two distinct times, depending on where
 the variable is being used.
 Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read.
@@ -575,7 +614,7 @@ These variables are
 and
 .Ql Va .MEMBER .
 .El
-.Ss Additional inbuilt variables
+.Ss Additional built-in variables
 In addition,
 .Nm
 sets or knows about the following variables:
@@ -621,6 +660,17 @@ The list of makefiles read by
 .Nm ,
 which is useful for tracking dependencies.
 Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read.
+.It Va .MAKE.LEVEL
+The recursion depth of
+.Nm .
+The initial instance of 
+.Nm
+will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment
+to be seen by the next generation.  
+This allows tests like:
+.Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of
+.Nm .
 .It Va .MAKE.PID
 The process-id of
 .Nm .
@@ -779,6 +829,16 @@ is set to the value of
 for all programs which
 .Nm
 executes.
+.It Ev VPATH
+Colon-separated
+.Pq Dq \&:
+lists of directories that
+.Nm
+will search for files.
+The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only,
+use
+.Ql Va .PATH
+instead.
 .El
 .Ss Variable modifiers
 Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the
@@ -993,45 +1053,16 @@ Remove adjacent duplicate words (like
 .Sm off
 .It Cm \&:\&? Ar true_string Cm \&: Ar false_string
 .Sm on
-If the variable (actually an expression; see below)
-evaluates to true, return as its value the
+If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if conditional
+expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the
 .Ar true_string ,
 otherwise return the
 .Ar false_string .
-The expression parser needs careful feeding to avoid surprises.
-For example the following all do what one might expect,
-.Dl ${"${NUMBERS:M42}":?match:no}
-.Dl ${${NUMBER:U0} > 0:?set:zero}
-.Dl ${empty(NUMBER):?empty:set}
-The first case expands to
-.Ql match
-if
-.Dv NUMBERS
-contains the value 42 (the quotes are important).
-The second expands to
-.Ql zero
-unless
-.Dv NUMBER
-is set to a value greater than 0.
-The last case expands to
-.Ql empty
-or
-.Ql set
-depending on whether
-.Dv NUMBER
-is empty.
-In this example, use of
-.Ql {}
-rather than
-.Ql ()
-is important to avoid the parser getting confused.
-By contrast, the following examples will
-.Em not
-behave as expected.
-.Dl ${"1 < 0":?always:no}
-.Dl ${NUMBERS:M42:?always:no}
-in both cases the expansion will always be
-.Ql always .
+Since the variable name is used as the expression, \&:\&? must be the
+first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course,
+usually contain variable expansions.
+If the expression is a single token, it will likely be treated as a check
+for the name being defined.
 .It Ar :old_string=new_string
 This is the
 .At V
@@ -1116,25 +1147,14 @@ The variable is assigned the value
 .Ar str
 after substitution.
 This modifier and its variations are useful in
-obscure situations such as wanting to apply modifiers to
-.Cm \&.for
-loop iteration variables which won't work due to the way
-.Cm \&.for
-loops are implemented.
+obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands
+are being parsed.
 These assignment modifiers always expand to
 nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be
 preceded with something to keep
 .Nm
 happy.
-As in:
-.Bd -literal
-use_foo: \&.USE
-\&.for i in ${\&.TARGET} ${\&.TARGET:R}\&.gz
-	@: ${t::=$i}
-	@echo t:R:T=${t:R:T}
-\&.endfor
-
-.Ed
+.Pp
 The
 .Ql Cm \&::
 helps avoid false matches with the
@@ -1263,8 +1283,7 @@ The possible conditionals are as follows:
 Export the specified global variable.
 If no variable is provided, all globals are exported
 except for internal variables (those that start with
-.Ql \&.
-).
+.Ql \&. ) .
 This is not affected by the
 .Fl X
 flag, so should be used with caution.
@@ -1432,16 +1451,17 @@ of a string comparison.
 .Pp
 When
 .Nm
-is evaluating one of these conditional expression, and it encounters
-a word it doesn't recognize, either the
+is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters
+a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the
 .Dq make
 or
 .Dq defined
 expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional.
 If the form is
-.Ql Ic .ifdef
-or
+.Ql Ic .ifdef ,
 .Ql Ic .ifndef ,
+or
+.Ql Ic .if
 the
 .Dq defined
 expression is applied.
@@ -1588,9 +1608,9 @@ b1:
 
 .Ed
 the output is always
+.Ql a ,
 .Ql b1 ,
 .Ql b ,
-.Ql a ,
 .Ql x .
 .br
 The ordering imposed by
@@ -1668,7 +1688,7 @@ could be built, unless
 is built by another part of the dependency graph,
 the following is a dependency loop:
 .Bd -literal
-\&.ORDER a b
+\&.ORDER: a b
 b: a
 .Ed
 .Pp
@@ -1780,8 +1800,9 @@ uses the following environment variables, if they exist:
 .Ev MAKEOBJDIR ,
 .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX ,
 .Ev MAKESYSPATH ,
+.Ev PWD ,
 and
-.Ev PWD .
+.Ev TMPDIR .
 .Pp
 .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
 and
@@ -1813,6 +1834,12 @@ The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in
 .Nx 4.0
 so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependant nodes.
 The algorithms used may change again in the future.
+.Pp
+The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after
+.Nx 5.0
+so that they still appear to be variable expansions.
+In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some
+obscure problems using them in .if statements.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr mkdep 1
 .Sh HISTORY
@@ -1820,3 +1847,14 @@ A
 .Nm
 command appeared in
 .At v7 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Nm
+syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data.
+For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each
+the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field.
+In many places
+.Nm
+just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion.
+.Pp
+There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename.
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/make.c b/devel/bmake/files/make.c
index 0e4908a354d..bc87da7c566 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/make.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/make.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:27 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:30 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:27 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:30 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)make.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:27 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:30 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -127,17 +127,17 @@ static Lst     	toBeMade;	/* The current fringe of the graph. These
 				 * Make_Update and subtracted from by
 				 * MakeStartJobs */
 
-static int MakeAddChild(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int MakeFindChild(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int MakeUnmark(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int MakeAddAllSrc(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int MakeTimeStamp(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int MakeHandleUse(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int MakeAddChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeFindChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeUnmark(void *, void *);
+static int MakeAddAllSrc(void *, void *);
+static int MakeTimeStamp(void *, void *);
+static int MakeHandleUse(void *, void *);
 static Boolean MakeStartJobs(void);
-static int MakePrintStatus(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int MakeCheckOrder(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int MakeBuildChild(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int MakeBuildParent(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int MakePrintStatus(void *, void *);
+static int MakeCheckOrder(void *, void *);
+static int MakeBuildChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeBuildParent(void *, void *);
 
 static void
 make_abort(GNode *gn, int line)
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Make_TimeStamp(GNode *pgn, GNode *cgn)
  *
  */
 static int
-MakeTimeStamp(ClientData pgn, ClientData cgn)
+MakeTimeStamp(void *pgn, void *cgn)
 {
     return Make_TimeStamp((GNode *)pgn, (GNode *)cgn);
 }
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ Make_OODate(GNode *gn)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-MakeAddChild(ClientData gnp, ClientData lp)
+MakeAddChild(void *gnp, void *lp)
 {
     GNode          *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
     Lst            l = (Lst) lp;
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ MakeAddChild(ClientData gnp, ClientData lp)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-MakeFindChild(ClientData gnp, ClientData pgnp)
+MakeFindChild(void *gnp, void *pgnp)
 {
     GNode          *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
     GNode          *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
@@ -450,9 +450,9 @@ Make_HandleUse(GNode *cgn, GNode *pgn)
 		 *	prepend the child's commands to the parent.
 		 */
 		Lst cmds = pgn->commands;
-		pgn->commands = Lst_Duplicate(cgn->commands, NOCOPY);
+		pgn->commands = Lst_Duplicate(cgn->commands, NULL);
 		(void)Lst_Concat(pgn->commands, cmds, LST_CONCNEW);
-		Lst_Destroy(cmds, NOFREE);
+		Lst_Destroy(cmds, NULL);
 	    } else {
 		/*
 		 * .USE or target has no commands --
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ Make_HandleUse(GNode *cgn, GNode *pgn)
     }
 
     if (Lst_Open(cgn->children) == SUCCESS) {
-	while ((ln = Lst_Next(cgn->children)) != NILLNODE) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(cgn->children)) != NULL) {
 	    GNode *tgn, *gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 
 	    /*
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Make_HandleUse(GNode *cgn, GNode *pgn)
 	    if (gn->name && gn->uname && strcmp(gn->name, gn->uname) != 0) {
 		/* See if we have a target for this node. */
 		tgn = Targ_FindNode(gn->name, TARG_NOCREATE);
-		if (tgn != NILGNODE)
+		if (tgn != NULL)
 		    gn = tgn;
 	    }
 
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ Make_HandleUse(GNode *cgn, GNode *pgn)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-MakeHandleUse(ClientData cgnp, ClientData pgnp)
+MakeHandleUse(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
 {
     GNode	*cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
     GNode	*pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ MakeHandleUse(ClientData cgnp, ClientData pgnp)
      * children the parent has. This is used by Make_Run to decide
      * whether to queue the parent or examine its children...
      */
-    if ((ln = Lst_Member(pgn->children, cgn)) != NILLNODE) {
+    if ((ln = Lst_Member(pgn->children, cgn)) != NULL) {
 	Lst_Remove(pgn->children, ln);
 	pgn->unmade--;
     }
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ Make_Update(GNode *cgn)
 
     /* Now mark all the parents as having one less unmade child */
     if (Lst_Open(parents) == SUCCESS) {
-	while ((ln = Lst_Next(parents)) != NILLNODE) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(parents)) != NULL) {
 	    pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
 		fprintf(debug_file, "inspect parent %s%s: flags %x, "
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ Make_Update(GNode *cgn)
     if (Lst_Open(cgn->iParents) == SUCCESS) {
 	char	*cpref = Var_Value(PREFIX, cgn, &p1);
 
-	while ((ln = Lst_Next(cgn->iParents)) != NILLNODE) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(cgn->iParents)) != NULL) {
 	    pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    if (pgn->flags & REMAKE) {
 		Var_Set(IMPSRC, cname, pgn, 0);
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ Make_Update(GNode *cgn)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-MakeUnmark(ClientData cgnp, ClientData pgnp __unused)
+MakeUnmark(void *cgnp, void *pgnp __unused)
 {
     GNode	*cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
 
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ MakeUnmark(ClientData cgnp, ClientData pgnp __unused)
  *
  */
 static int
-MakeAddAllSrc(ClientData cgnp, ClientData pgnp)
+MakeAddAllSrc(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
 {
     GNode	*cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
     GNode	*pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
@@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ Make_DoAllVar(GNode *gn)
  */
 
 static int
-MakeCheckOrder(ClientData v_bn, ClientData ignore __unused)
+MakeCheckOrder(void *v_bn, void *ignore __unused)
 {
     GNode *bn = v_bn;
 
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ MakeCheckOrder(ClientData v_bn, ClientData ignore __unused)
 }
 
 static int
-MakeBuildChild(ClientData v_cn, ClientData toBeMade_next)
+MakeBuildChild(void *v_cn, void *toBeMade_next)
 {
     GNode *cn = v_cn;
 
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ MakeBuildChild(ClientData v_cn, ClientData toBeMade_next)
 		cn->name, cn->cohort_num);
 
     cn->made = REQUESTED;
-    if (toBeMade_next == NILLNODE)
+    if (toBeMade_next == NULL)
 	Lst_AtEnd(toBeMade, cn);
     else
 	Lst_InsertBefore(toBeMade, toBeMade_next, cn);
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ MakeBuildChild(ClientData v_cn, ClientData toBeMade_next)
 
 /* When a .ORDER RHS node completes we do this on each LHS */
 static int
-MakeBuildParent(ClientData v_pn, ClientData toBeMade_next)
+MakeBuildParent(void *v_pn, void *toBeMade_next)
 {
     GNode *pn = v_pn;
 
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ MakeStartJobs(void)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-MakePrintStatusOrder(ClientData ognp, ClientData gnp)
+MakePrintStatusOrder(void *ognp, void *gnp)
 {
     GNode *ogn = ognp;
     GNode *gn = gnp;
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ MakePrintStatusOrder(ClientData ognp, ClientData gnp)
 }
 
 static int
-MakePrintStatus(ClientData gnp, ClientData v_errors)
+MakePrintStatus(void *gnp, void *v_errors)
 {
     GNode   	*gn = (GNode *)gnp;
     int 	*errors = v_errors;
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ Make_ExpandUse(Lst targs)
     GNode  *gn;		/* a temporary pointer */
     Lst    examine; 	/* List of targets to examine */
 
-    examine = Lst_Duplicate(targs, NOCOPY);
+    examine = Lst_Duplicate(targs, NULL);
 
     /*
      * Make an initial downward pass over the graph, marking nodes to be made
@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ Make_ExpandUse(Lst targs)
 	if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts)) {
 	    /* Append all the 'cohorts' to the list of things to examine */
 	    Lst new;
-	    new = Lst_Duplicate(gn->cohorts, NOCOPY);
+	    new = Lst_Duplicate(gn->cohorts, NULL);
 	    Lst_Concat(new, examine, LST_CONCLINK);
 	    examine = new;
 	}
@@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ Make_ExpandUse(Lst targs)
 	    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeAddChild, examine);
     }
 
-    Lst_Destroy(examine, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(examine, NULL);
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ Make_ExpandUse(Lst targs)
  */
 
 static int
-link_parent(ClientData cnp, ClientData pnp)
+link_parent(void *cnp, void *pnp)
 {
     GNode *cn = cnp;
     GNode *pn = pnp;
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ Make_ProcessWait(Lst targs)
     Lst_ForEach(targs, link_parent, pgn);
 
     /* Start building with the 'dummy' .MAIN' node */
-    MakeBuildChild(pgn, NILLNODE);
+    MakeBuildChild(pgn, NULL);
 
     examine = Lst_Init(FALSE);
     Lst_AtEnd(examine, pgn);
@@ -1435,14 +1435,14 @@ Make_ProcessWait(Lst targs)
 	if ((pgn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (pgn->cohorts)) {
 	    /* Append all the 'cohorts' to the list of things to examine */
 	    Lst new;
-	    new = Lst_Duplicate(pgn->cohorts, NOCOPY);
+	    new = Lst_Duplicate(pgn->cohorts, NULL);
 	    Lst_Concat(new, examine, LST_CONCLINK);
 	    examine = new;
 	}
 
 	owln = Lst_First(pgn->children);
 	Lst_Open(pgn->children);
-	for (; (ln = Lst_Next(pgn->children)) != NILLNODE; ) {
+	for (; (ln = Lst_Next(pgn->children)) != NULL; ) {
 	    cgn = Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    if (cgn->type & OP_WAIT) {
 		/* Make the .WAIT node depend on the previous children */
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ Make_ProcessWait(Lst targs)
 	Lst_Close(pgn->children);
     }
 
-    Lst_Destroy(examine, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(examine, NULL);
 }
 
 /*-
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/make.h b/devel/bmake/files/make.h
index 4a75dde9bdf..f69a4461706 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/make.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/make.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: make.h,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:27 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: make.h,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:30 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -121,6 +121,7 @@
 #include "hash.h"
 #include "make-conf.h"
 #include "buf.h"
+#include "make_malloc.h"
 
 /*
  * some vendors don't have this --sjg
@@ -230,11 +231,6 @@ typedef struct GNode {
 } GNode;
 
 /*
- * Manifest constants
- */
-#define NILGNODE	((GNode *) NIL)
-
-/*
  * The OP_ constants are used when parsing a dependency line as a way of
  * communicating to other parts of the program the way in which a target
  * should be made. These constants are bitwise-OR'ed together and
@@ -306,7 +302,7 @@ typedef struct GNode {
  * do if the desired node(s) is (are) not found. If the TARG_CREATE constant
  * is given, a new, empty node will be created for the target, placed in the
  * table of all targets and its address returned. If TARG_NOCREATE is given,
- * a NIL pointer will be returned.
+ * a NULL pointer will be returned.
  */
 #define TARG_NOCREATE	0x00	  /* don't create it */
 #define TARG_CREATE	0x01	  /* create node if not found */
@@ -418,6 +414,7 @@ extern char	*progname;	/* The program name */
 #define	MAKE_JOB_PREFIX	".MAKE.JOB.PREFIX" /* prefix for job target output */
 #define	MAKE_EXPORTED	".MAKE.EXPORTED"   /* variables we export */
 #define	MAKE_MAKEFILES	".MAKE.MAKEFILES"  /* all the makefiles we read */
+#define	MAKE_LEVEL	".MAKE.LEVEL"	   /* recursion level */
 
 /*
  * debug control:
@@ -426,32 +423,29 @@ extern char	*progname;	/* The program name */
  */
 FILE *debug_file;		/* Output written here - default stdout */
 extern int debug;
-#define	DEBUG_ARCH	0x0001
-#define	DEBUG_COND	0x0002
-#define	DEBUG_DIR	0x0004
-#define	DEBUG_GRAPH1	0x0008
-#define	DEBUG_GRAPH2	0x0010
-#define	DEBUG_JOB	0x0020
-#define	DEBUG_MAKE	0x0040
-#define	DEBUG_SUFF	0x0080
-#define	DEBUG_TARG	0x0100
-#define	DEBUG_VAR	0x0200
-#define DEBUG_FOR	0x0400
-#define DEBUG_SHELL	0x0800
-#define DEBUG_ERROR	0x1000
-#define DEBUG_LOUD	0x2000
+#define	DEBUG_ARCH	0x00001
+#define	DEBUG_COND	0x00002
+#define	DEBUG_DIR	0x00004
+#define	DEBUG_GRAPH1	0x00008
+#define	DEBUG_GRAPH2	0x00010
+#define	DEBUG_JOB	0x00020
+#define	DEBUG_MAKE	0x00040
+#define	DEBUG_SUFF	0x00080
+#define	DEBUG_TARG	0x00100
+#define	DEBUG_VAR	0x00200
+#define DEBUG_FOR	0x00400
+#define DEBUG_SHELL	0x00800
+#define DEBUG_ERROR	0x01000
+#define DEBUG_LOUD	0x02000
 #define DEBUG_GRAPH3	0x10000
 #define DEBUG_SCRIPT	0x20000
 #define DEBUG_PARSE	0x40000
+#define DEBUG_CWD	0x80000
 
 #define CONCAT(a,b)	a##b
 
 #define	DEBUG(module)	(debug & CONCAT(DEBUG_,module))
 
-/*
- * Since there are so many, all functions that return non-integer values are
- * extracted by means of a sed script or two and stuck in the file "nonints.h"
- */
 #include "nonints.h"
 
 int Make_TimeStamp(GNode *, GNode *);
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/make_malloc.c b/devel/bmake/files/make_malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..83d37ac4d0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/make_malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: make_malloc.c,v 1.1.1.1 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef MAKE_NATIVE
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: make_malloc.c,v 1.1.1.1 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "make_malloc.h"
+
+#ifndef USE_EMALLOC
+/*
+ * enomem --
+ *	die when out of memory.
+ */
+static void
+enomem(void)
+{
+	extern char *progname;
+
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno));
+	exit(2);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_malloc --
+ *	malloc, but die on error.
+ */
+void *
+bmake_malloc(size_t len)
+{
+	void *p;
+
+	if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		enomem();
+	return(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_strdup --
+ *	strdup, but die on error.
+ */
+char *
+bmake_strdup(const char *str)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	char *p;
+
+	len = strlen(str) + 1;
+	if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		enomem();
+	return memcpy(p, str, len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_strndup --
+ *	strndup, but die on error.
+ */
+char *
+bmake_strndup(const char *str, size_t max_len)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	char *p;
+
+	if (str == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	len = strlen(str);
+	if (len > max_len)
+		len = max_len;
+	p = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
+	memcpy(p, str, len);
+	p[len] = '\0';
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_realloc --
+ *	realloc, but die on error.
+ */
+void *
+bmake_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
+{
+	if ((ptr = realloc(ptr, size)) == NULL)
+		enomem();
+	return(ptr);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/make_malloc.h b/devel/bmake/files/make_malloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..33c2d014369
--- /dev/null
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/make_malloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: make_malloc.h,v 1.1.1.1 2009/09/18 20:55:23 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef USE_EMALLOC
+void *bmake_malloc(size_t);
+void *bmake_realloc(void *, size_t);
+char *bmake_strdup(const char *);
+char *bmake_strndup(const char *, size_t);
+#else
+#include <util.h>
+#define bmake_malloc(x)         emalloc(x)
+#define bmake_realloc(x,y)      erealloc(x,y)
+#define bmake_strdup(x)         estrdup(x)
+#define bmake_strndup(x,y)      estrndup(x,y)
+#endif
+
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/makefile.boot.in b/devel/bmake/files/makefile.boot.in
index 4a6e1621d73..7217f053e11 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/makefile.boot.in
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/makefile.boot.in
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # RCSid:
-#	$Id: makefile.boot.in,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:27 joerg Exp $
+#	$Id: makefile.boot.in,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:30 joerg Exp $
 
 #
 # modify MACHINE and MACHINE_ARCH as appropriate for your target architecture
@@ -23,7 +23,9 @@ CFLAGS= @CFLAGS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) @DEFS@ @CPPFLAGS@ ${XDEFS} \
 MDEFS="-D@force_machine@MACHINE=\"@machine@\"" "-DMACHINE_ARCH=\"@machine_arch@\""
 
 OBJ=arch.o buf.o compat.o cond.o dir.o for.o hash.o job.o main.o make.o \
-    parse.o str.o suff.o targ.o trace.o var.o util.o getopt.o sigcompat.o @LIBOBJS@
+    parse.o str.o suff.o targ.o trace.o var.o util.o getopt.o sigcompat.o \
+    strlist.o make_malloc.o \
+    @LIBOBJS@
 
 BMAKE_ENV= CC="$(CC)" LIBC= MAKEFLAGS= MAKESYSPATH=${BOOTSTRAP_SYS_PATH}
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/missing/sys/cdefs.h b/devel/bmake/files/missing/sys/cdefs.h
index 5fdbc6366b4..a2c4d42c0c5 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/missing/sys/cdefs.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/missing/sys/cdefs.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: cdefs.h,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: cdefs.h,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/mkdeps.sh b/devel/bmake/files/mkdeps.sh
index 6f9c1a4b073..5cac8e11df9 100755
--- a/devel/bmake/files/mkdeps.sh
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/mkdeps.sh
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 #
 
 # RCSid:
-#	$Id: mkdeps.sh,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:27 joerg Exp $
+#	$Id: mkdeps.sh,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:30 joerg Exp $
 #
 #	@(#) Copyright (c) 1993 Simon J. Gerraty
 #
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/nonints.h b/devel/bmake/files/nonints.h
index c4f760bc00c..19d501d3037 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/nonints.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/nonints.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: nonints.h,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:27 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: nonints.h,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:30 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -90,22 +90,24 @@ void Arch_End(void);
 int Arch_IsLib(GNode *);
 
 /* compat.c */
-int CompatRunCommand(ClientData, ClientData);
+int CompatRunCommand(void *, void *);
 void Compat_Run(Lst);
-int Compat_Make(ClientData, ClientData);
+int Compat_Make(void *, void *);
 
 /* cond.c */
-int Cond_EvalExpression(int, char *, Boolean *, int);
+struct If;
+int Cond_EvalExpression(const struct If *, char *, Boolean *, int);
 int Cond_Eval(char *);
 void Cond_restore_depth(unsigned int);
 unsigned int Cond_save_depth(void);
 
 /* for.c */
 int For_Eval(char *);
+int For_Accum(char *);
 void For_Run(int);
 
 /* main.c */
-void Main_ParseArgLine(char *);
+void Main_ParseArgLine(const char *);
 int main(int, char **);
 char *Cmd_Exec(const char *, const char **);
 void Error(const char *, ...) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 1, 2)));
@@ -114,20 +116,8 @@ void Fatal(const char *, ...)
 void Punt(const char *, ...)
     __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 1, 2),__noreturn__));
 void DieHorribly(void) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
-int PrintAddr(ClientData, ClientData);
+int PrintAddr(void *, void *);
 void Finish(int);
-#ifndef USE_EMALLOC
-void *bmake_malloc(size_t);
-void *bmake_realloc(void *, size_t);
-char *bmake_strdup(const char *);
-char *bmake_strndup(const char *, size_t);
-#else
-#include <util.h>
-#define	bmake_malloc(x)		emalloc(x)
-#define	bmake_realloc(x,y)	erealloc(x,y)
-#define bmake_strdup(x)		estrdup(x)
-#define	bmake_strndup(x,y)	estrndup(x,y)
-#endif
 int eunlink(const char *);
 void execError(const char *, const char *);
 
@@ -141,7 +131,7 @@ void Parse_AddIncludeDir(char *);
 void Parse_File(const char *, int);
 void Parse_Init(void);
 void Parse_End(void);
-void Parse_SetInput(const char *, int, int, char *);
+void Parse_SetInput(const char *, int, int, char *(*)(void *), void *);
 Lst Parse_MainName(void);
 
 /* str.c */
@@ -150,13 +140,13 @@ char **brk_string(const char *, int *, Boolean, char **);
 char *Str_FindSubstring(const char *, const char *);
 int Str_Match(const char *, const char *);
 char *Str_SYSVMatch(const char *, const char *, int *len);
-void Str_SYSVSubst(Buffer, char *, char *, int);
+void Str_SYSVSubst(Buffer *, char *, char *, int);
 
 /* suff.c */
 void Suff_ClearSuffixes(void);
 Boolean Suff_IsTransform(char *);
 GNode *Suff_AddTransform(char *);
-int Suff_EndTransform(ClientData, ClientData);
+int Suff_EndTransform(void *, void *);
 void Suff_AddSuffix(char *, GNode **);
 Lst Suff_GetPath(char *);
 void Suff_DoPaths(void);
@@ -180,8 +170,8 @@ Boolean Targ_Ignore(GNode *);
 Boolean Targ_Silent(GNode *);
 Boolean Targ_Precious(GNode *);
 void Targ_SetMain(GNode *);
-int Targ_PrintCmd(ClientData, ClientData);
-int Targ_PrintNode(ClientData, ClientData);
+int Targ_PrintCmd(void *, void *);
+int Targ_PrintNode(void *, void *);
 char *Targ_FmtTime(time_t);
 void Targ_PrintType(int);
 void Targ_PrintGraph(int);
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/os.sh b/devel/bmake/files/os.sh
index 90d474c188e..bbc8b5aa286 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/os.sh
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/os.sh
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 #	Simon J. Gerraty <sjg@crufty.net>
 
 # RCSid:
-#	$Id: os.sh,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:27 joerg Exp $
+#	$Id: os.sh,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:22 joerg Exp $
 #
 #	@(#) Copyright (c) 1994 Simon J. Gerraty
 #
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/parse.c b/devel/bmake/files/parse.c
index fffccceb86c..f2f1e762880 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/parse.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/parse.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)parse.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -155,14 +155,17 @@ static GNode	    *mainNode;	/* The main target to create. This is the
 				 * first target on the first dependency
 				 * line in the first makefile */
 typedef struct IFile {
-    const char      *fname;	    /* name of file */
-    int             lineno;	    /* line number in file */
-    int             fd;		    /* the open file */
-    int             cond_depth;	    /* 'if' nesting when file opened */
+    const char      *fname;         /* name of file */
+    int             lineno;         /* current line number in file */
+    int             first_lineno;   /* line number of start of text */
+    int             fd;             /* the open file */
+    int             cond_depth;     /* 'if' nesting when file opened */
     char            *P_str;         /* point to base of string buffer */
     char            *P_ptr;         /* point to next char of string buffer */
     char            *P_end;         /* point to the end of string buffer */
     int             P_buflen;       /* current size of file buffer */
+    char            *(*nextbuf)(void *); /* Function to get more data */
+    void            *nextbuf_arg;   /* Opaque arg for nextbuf() */
 } IFile;
 
 #define IFILE_BUFLEN 0x8000
@@ -222,7 +225,7 @@ static ParseSpecial specType;
 #define	LPAREN	'('
 #define	RPAREN	')'
 /*
- * Predecessor node for handling .ORDER. Initialized to NILGNODE when .ORDER
+ * Predecessor node for handling .ORDER. Initialized to NULL when .ORDER
  * seen, then set to each successive source on the line.
  */
 static GNode	*predecessor;
@@ -285,15 +288,15 @@ static void ParseErrorInternal(const char *, size_t, int, const char *, ...)
 static void ParseVErrorInternal(FILE *, const char *, size_t, int, const char *, va_list)
      __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, 5, 0)));
 static int ParseFindKeyword(const char *);
-static int ParseLinkSrc(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int ParseDoOp(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int ParseLinkSrc(void *, void *);
+static int ParseDoOp(void *, void *);
 static void ParseDoSrc(int, const char *);
-static int ParseFindMain(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int ParseAddDir(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int ParseClearPath(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int ParseFindMain(void *, void *);
+static int ParseAddDir(void *, void *);
+static int ParseClearPath(void *, void *);
 static void ParseDoDependency(char *);
-static int ParseAddCmd(ClientData, ClientData);
-static void ParseHasCommands(ClientData);
+static int ParseAddCmd(void *, void *);
+static void ParseHasCommands(void *);
 static void ParseDoInclude(char *);
 static void ParseSetParseFile(const char *);
 #ifdef SYSVINCLUDE
@@ -472,34 +475,26 @@ void
 Parse_Error(int type, const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list ap;
+	const char *fname;
+	size_t lineno;
 
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	if (curFile == (IFile *)NIL) {
-		/* avoid segfault */
-		static IFile intFile = {
-			.fname = NULL,
-			.lineno = 0,
-			.fd = -1,
-		};
-		curFile = &intFile;
+	if (curFile == NULL) {
+		fname = NULL;
+		lineno = 0;
+	} else {
+		fname = curFile->fname;
+		lineno = curFile->lineno;
 	}
-	ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, curFile->fname, curFile->lineno,
-		    type, fmt, ap);
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap);
 	va_end(ap);
 
 	if (debug_file != stderr && debug_file != stdout) {
 		va_start(ap, fmt);
-		ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, curFile->fname, curFile->lineno,
-			    type, fmt, ap);
+		ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap);
 		va_end(ap);
 	}
-	/*
-	 * if we get this far, make sure we don't leave curFile
-	 * pointing to our dummy one.
-	 */
-	if (curFile->fname == NULL) {
-		curFile = (IFile *)NIL;
-	}
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -523,7 +518,7 @@ Parse_Error(int type, const char *fmt, ...)
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-ParseLinkSrc(ClientData pgnp, ClientData cgnp)
+ParseLinkSrc(void *pgnp, void *cgnp)
 {
     GNode          *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
     GNode          *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
@@ -563,7 +558,7 @@ ParseLinkSrc(ClientData pgnp, ClientData cgnp)
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-ParseDoOp(ClientData gnp, ClientData opp)
+ParseDoOp(void *gnp, void *opp)
 {
     GNode          *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
     int             op = *(int *)opp;
@@ -700,7 +695,7 @@ ParseDoSrc(int tOp, const char *src)
 	 * source and the current one.
 	 */
 	gn = Targ_FindNode(src, TARG_CREATE);
-	if (predecessor != NILGNODE) {
+	if (predecessor != NULL) {
 	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(predecessor->order_succ, gn);
 	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->order_pred, predecessor);
 	    if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
@@ -759,7 +754,7 @@ ParseDoSrc(int tOp, const char *src)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-ParseFindMain(ClientData gnp, ClientData dummy)
+ParseFindMain(void *gnp, void *dummy)
 {
     GNode   	  *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
     if ((gn->type & OP_NOTARGET) == 0) {
@@ -785,7 +780,7 @@ ParseFindMain(ClientData gnp, ClientData dummy)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-ParseAddDir(ClientData path, ClientData name)
+ParseAddDir(void *path, void *name)
 {
     (void)Dir_AddDir((Lst) path, (char *)name);
     return(0);
@@ -805,7 +800,7 @@ ParseAddDir(ClientData path, ClientData name)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-ParseClearPath(ClientData path, ClientData dummy)
+ParseClearPath(void *path, void *dummy)
 {
     Dir_ClearPath((Lst) path);
     return(dummy ? 0 : 0);
@@ -981,7 +976,7 @@ ParseDoDependency(char *line)
 		 *			main target.
 		 *  	.NOTPARALLEL	Make only one target at a time.
 		 *  	.SINGLESHELL	Create a shell for each command.
-		 *  	.ORDER	    	Must set initial predecessor to NIL
+		 *  	.ORDER	    	Must set initial predecessor to NULL
 		 */
 		switch (specType) {
 		    case ExPath:
@@ -1015,7 +1010,7 @@ ParseDoDependency(char *line)
 			compatMake = TRUE;
 			break;
 		    case Order:
-			predecessor = NILGNODE;
+			predecessor = NULL;
 			break;
 		    default:
 			break;
@@ -1030,7 +1025,7 @@ ParseDoDependency(char *line)
 
 		specType = ExPath;
 		path = Suff_GetPath(&line[5]);
-		if (path == NILLST) {
+		if (path == NULL) {
 		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
 				 "Suffix '%s' not defined (yet)",
 				 &line[5]);
@@ -1115,7 +1110,7 @@ ParseDoDependency(char *line)
     /*
      * Don't need the list of target names anymore...
      */
-    Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL);
     curTargs = NULL;
 
     if (!Lst_IsEmpty(targets)) {
@@ -1294,7 +1289,7 @@ ParseDoDependency(char *line)
 	    line = cp;
 	}
 	if (paths) {
-	    Lst_Destroy(paths, NOFREE);
+	    Lst_Destroy(paths, NULL);
 	}
 	if (specType == ExPath)
 	    Dir_SetPATH();
@@ -1329,7 +1324,7 @@ ParseDoDependency(char *line)
 		    gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(sources);
 		    ParseDoSrc(tOp, gn->name);
 		}
-		Lst_Destroy(sources, NOFREE);
+		Lst_Destroy(sources, NULL);
 		cp = line;
 	    } else {
 		if (*cp) {
@@ -1346,7 +1341,7 @@ ParseDoDependency(char *line)
 	}
     }
 
-    if (mainNode == NILGNODE) {
+    if (mainNode == NULL) {
 	/*
 	 * If we have yet to decide on a main target to make, in the
 	 * absence of any user input, we want the first target on
@@ -1358,7 +1353,7 @@ ParseDoDependency(char *line)
 
 out:
     if (curTargs)
-	    Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NOFREE);
+	    Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL);
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -1384,7 +1379,7 @@ Boolean
 Parse_IsVar(char *line)
 {
     Boolean wasSpace = FALSE;	/* set TRUE if found a space */
-    Boolean haveName = FALSE;	/* Set TRUE if have a variable name */
+    char ch;
     int level = 0;
 #define ISEQOPERATOR(c) \
 	(((c) == '+') || ((c) == ':') || ((c) == '?') || ((c) == '!'))
@@ -1395,70 +1390,31 @@ Parse_IsVar(char *line)
     for (;(*line == ' ') || (*line == '\t'); line++)
 	continue;
 
-    for (; *line != '=' || level != 0; line++)
-	switch (*line) {
-	case '\0':
-	    /*
-	     * end-of-line -- can't be a variable assignment.
-	     */
-	    return FALSE;
-
-	case ' ':
-	case '\t':
-	    /*
-	     * there can be as much white space as desired so long as there is
-	     * only one word before the operator
-	     */
-	    wasSpace = TRUE;
-	    break;
-
-	case LPAREN:
-	case '{':
+    /* Scan for one of the assignment operators outside a variable expansion */
+    while ((ch = *line++) != 0) {
+	if (ch == '(' || ch == '{') {
 	    level++;
-	    break;
-
-	case '}':
-	case RPAREN:
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (ch == ')' || ch == '}') {
 	    level--;
-	    break;
-
-	default:
-	    if (wasSpace && haveName) {
-		    if (ISEQOPERATOR(*line)) {
-			/*
-			 * We must have a finished word
-			 */
-			if (level != 0)
-			    return FALSE;
-
-			/*
-			 * When an = operator [+?!:] is found, the next
-			 * character must be an = or it ain't a valid
-			 * assignment.
-			 */
-			if (line[1] == '=')
-			    return haveName;
-#ifdef SUNSHCMD
-			/*
-			 * This is a shell command
-			 */
-			if (strncmp(line, ":sh", 3) == 0)
-			    return haveName;
-#endif
-		    }
-		    /*
-		     * This is the start of another word, so not assignment.
-		     */
-		    return FALSE;
-	    }
-	    else {
-		haveName = TRUE;
-		wasSpace = FALSE;
-	    }
-	    break;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (level != 0)
+	    continue;
+	while (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t') {
+	    ch = *line++;
+	    wasSpace = TRUE;
 	}
+	if (ch == '=')
+	    return TRUE;
+	if (*line == '=' && ISEQOPERATOR(ch))
+	    return TRUE;
+	if (wasSpace)
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
 
-    return haveName;
+    return FALSE;
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -1498,6 +1454,7 @@ Parse_DoVar(char *line, GNode *ctxt)
     Boolean	   freeCp = FALSE; /* TRUE if cp needs to be freed,
 				    * i.e. if any variable expansion was
 				    * performed */
+    int depth;
 
     /*
      * Skip to variable name
@@ -1508,9 +1465,19 @@ Parse_DoVar(char *line, GNode *ctxt)
 
     /*
      * Skip to operator character, nulling out whitespace as we go
+     * XXX Rather than counting () and {} we should look for $ and
+     * then expand the variable.
      */
-    for (cp = line + 1; *cp != '='; cp++) {
-	if (isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+    for (depth = 0, cp = line + 1; depth != 0 || *cp != '='; cp++) {
+	if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{') {
+	    depth++;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') {
+	    depth--;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (depth == 0 && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
 	    *cp = '\0';
 	}
     }
@@ -1658,7 +1625,7 @@ Parse_DoVar(char *line, GNode *ctxt)
  *	A new element is added to the commands list of the node.
  */
 static int
-ParseAddCmd(ClientData gnp, ClientData cmd)
+ParseAddCmd(void *gnp, void *cmd)
 {
     GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
 
@@ -1710,7 +1677,7 @@ ParseAddCmd(ClientData gnp, ClientData cmd)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static void
-ParseHasCommands(ClientData gnp)
+ParseHasCommands(void *gnp)
 {
     GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
     if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands)) {
@@ -1812,11 +1779,11 @@ Parse_include_file(char *file, Boolean isSystem, int silent)
 	     * If we have a suffix specific path we should use that.
 	     */
 	    char *suff;
-	    Lst	suffPath = NILLST;
+	    Lst	suffPath = NULL;
 
 	    if ((suff = strrchr(file, '.'))) {
 		suffPath = Suff_GetPath(suff);
-		if (suffPath != NILLST) {
+		if (suffPath != NULL) {
 		    fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, suffPath);
 		}
 	    }
@@ -1854,7 +1821,7 @@ Parse_include_file(char *file, Boolean isSystem, int silent)
     }
 
     /* Start reading from this file next */
-    Parse_SetInput(fullname, 0, fd, NULL);
+    Parse_SetInput(fullname, 0, fd, NULL, NULL);
 }
 
 static void
@@ -1991,18 +1958,20 @@ ParseTrackInput(const char *name)
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-Parse_SetInput(const char *name, int line, int fd, char *buf)
+Parse_SetInput(const char *name, int line, int fd, char *(*nextbuf)(void *), void *arg)
 {
+    char *buf;
+
     if (name == NULL)
 	name = curFile->fname;
     else
 	ParseTrackInput(name);
 
     if (DEBUG(PARSE))
-	fprintf(debug_file, "Parse_SetInput: file %s, line %d, fd %d, buf %p\n",
-		name, line, fd, buf);
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Parse_SetInput: file %s, line %d, fd %d, nextbuf %p, arg %p\n",
+		name, line, fd, nextbuf, arg);
 
-    if (fd == -1 && buf == NULL)
+    if (fd == -1 && nextbuf == NULL)
 	/* sanity */
 	return;
 
@@ -2021,12 +1990,12 @@ Parse_SetInput(const char *name, int line, int fd, char *buf)
      */
     curFile->fname = name;
     curFile->lineno = line;
+    curFile->first_lineno = line;
     curFile->fd = fd;
-    curFile->cond_depth = Cond_save_depth();
+    curFile->nextbuf = nextbuf;
+    curFile->nextbuf_arg = arg;
 
-    ParseSetParseFile(name);
-
-    if (buf == NULL) {
+    if (nextbuf == NULL) {
 	/*
 	 * Allocate a 32k data buffer (as stdio seems to).
 	 * Set pointers so that first ParseReadc has to do a file read.
@@ -2038,12 +2007,20 @@ Parse_SetInput(const char *name, int line, int fd, char *buf)
 	curFile->P_end = buf;
 	curFile->P_buflen = IFILE_BUFLEN;
     } else {
-	/* Start reading from the start of the buffer */
+	/* Get first block of input data */
+	buf = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg);
+	if (buf == NULL) {
+	    /* Was all a waste of time ... */
+	    free(curFile);
+	    return;
+	}
 	curFile->P_str = buf;
 	curFile->P_ptr = buf;
 	curFile->P_end = NULL;
     }
 
+    curFile->cond_depth = Cond_save_depth();
+    ParseSetParseFile(name);
 }
 
 #ifdef SYSVINCLUDE
@@ -2128,6 +2105,20 @@ ParseTraditionalInclude(char *line)
 static int
 ParseEOF(void)
 {
+    char *ptr;
+
+    if (curFile->nextbuf != NULL) {
+       /* eg .for loop data, get next iteration */
+       ptr = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg);
+       curFile->P_ptr = ptr;
+       curFile->P_str = ptr;
+       curFile->lineno = curFile->first_lineno;
+       if (ptr != NULL) {
+	    /* Iterate again */
+	    return CONTINUE;
+	}
+    }
+
     /* Ensure the makefile (or loop) didn't have mismatched conditionals */
     Cond_restore_depth(curFile->cond_depth);
 
@@ -2140,7 +2131,7 @@ ParseEOF(void)
 
     curFile = Lst_DeQueue(includes);
 
-    if (curFile == (IFile *)NIL) {
+    if (curFile == NULL) {
 	/* We've run out of input */
 	Var_Delete(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL);
 	Var_Delete(".PARSEFILE", VAR_GLOBAL);
@@ -2371,6 +2362,7 @@ ParseReadLine(void)
     char 	  *line;    	/* Result */
     int	    	  lineLength;	/* Length of result */
     int	    	  lineno;	/* Saved line # */
+    int	    	  rval;
 
     for (;;) {
 	line = ParseGetLine(0, &lineLength);
@@ -2396,10 +2388,17 @@ ParseReadLine(void)
 	case COND_PARSE:
 	    continue;
 	case COND_INVALID:    /* Not a conditional line */
-	    if (!For_Eval(line))
+	    /* Check for .for loops */
+	    rval = For_Eval(line);
+	    if (rval == 0)
+		/* Not a .for line */
 		break;
+	    if (rval < 0)
+		/* Syntax error - error printed, ignore line */
+		continue;
+	    /* Start of a .for loop */
 	    lineno = curFile->lineno;
-	    /* Skip after the matching end */
+	    /* Accumulate loop lines until matching .endfor */
 	    do {
 		line = ParseGetLine(PARSE_RAW, &lineLength);
 		if (line == NULL) {
@@ -2407,7 +2406,7 @@ ParseReadLine(void)
 			     "Unexpected end of file in for loop.\n");
 		    break;
 		}
-	    } while (For_Eval(line));
+	    } while (For_Accum(line));
 	    /* Stash each iteration as a new 'input file' */
 	    For_Run(lineno);
 	    /* Read next line from for-loop buffer */
@@ -2471,7 +2470,7 @@ Parse_File(const char *name, int fd)
     inLine = FALSE;
     fatals = 0;
 
-    Parse_SetInput(name, 0, fd, NULL);
+    Parse_SetInput(name, 0, fd, NULL, NULL);
 
     do {
 	for (; (line = ParseReadLine()) != NULL; ) {
@@ -2618,7 +2617,7 @@ Parse_File(const char *name, int fd)
 	     * Need a non-circular list for the target nodes
 	     */
 	    if (targets)
-		Lst_Destroy(targets, NOFREE);
+		Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL);
 
 	    targets = Lst_Init(FALSE);
 	    inLine = TRUE;
@@ -2660,7 +2659,7 @@ Parse_File(const char *name, int fd)
 void
 Parse_Init(void)
 {
-    mainNode = NILGNODE;
+    mainNode = NULL;
     parseIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
     sysIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
     defIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
@@ -2676,11 +2675,11 @@ Parse_End(void)
 #ifdef CLEANUP
     Lst_Destroy(targCmds, (FreeProc *)free);
     if (targets)
-	Lst_Destroy(targets, NOFREE);
+	Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL);
     Lst_Destroy(defIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
     Lst_Destroy(sysIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
     Lst_Destroy(parseIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
-    Lst_Destroy(includes, NOFREE);	/* Should be empty now */
+    Lst_Destroy(includes, NULL);	/* Should be empty now */
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -2706,7 +2705,7 @@ Parse_MainName(void)
 
     mainList = Lst_Init(FALSE);
 
-    if (mainNode == NILGNODE) {
+    if (mainNode == NULL) {
 	Punt("no target to make.");
     	/*NOTREACHED*/
     } else if (mainNode->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) {
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/pathnames.h b/devel/bmake/files/pathnames.h
index b727c4bc65b..94903a19312 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/pathnames.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/pathnames.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  *
  *	from: @(#)pathnames.h	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/1/90
- *	$Id: pathnames.h,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $
+ *	$Id: pathnames.h,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $
  */
 
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
@@ -57,3 +57,6 @@
 #   define  _PATH_DEFSYSPATH	_path_defsyspath
 # endif
 #endif
+#ifndef _PATH_TMP
+#define	_PATH_TMP		"/tmp/"		/* with trailing slash */
+#endif
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/ranlib.h b/devel/bmake/files/ranlib.h
index 895ba464501..8f351ba7187 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/ranlib.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/ranlib.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*	@(#)ranlib.h 1.6 88/08/19 SMI; from UCB 4.1 83/05/03	*/
-/*	$Id: ranlib.h,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$Id: ranlib.h,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Structure of the __.SYMDEF table of contents for an archive.
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/setenv.c b/devel/bmake/files/setenv.c
index 55f1802cb2e..49d1f0cb772 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/setenv.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/setenv.c
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
 /*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)setenv.c	5.6 (Berkeley) 6/4/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: setenv.c,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$Id: setenv.c,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #include <stddef.h>
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/sigcompat.c b/devel/bmake/files/sigcompat.c
index 4dbf70ccb14..b44e111502b 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/sigcompat.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/sigcompat.c
@@ -96,12 +96,15 @@
 #if defined(sun) && !(defined(__svr4__) || defined(__SVR4))
 # define NO_SIGCOMPAT
 #endif
+#if defined(__MINT__)
+# define NO_SIGCOMPAT
+#endif
 
 #if !defined(NO_SIGCOMPAT) && (defined(HAVE_SIGACTION) || defined(SA_NOCLDSTOP))
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
 /*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)sigcompat.c	5.3 (Berkeley) 2/24/91";*/
-static char *rcsid = "$Id: sigcompat.c,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $";
+static char *rcsid = "$Id: sigcompat.c,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $";
 #endif				/* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 
 #undef signal
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/sprite.h b/devel/bmake/files/sprite.h
index cc90b93c2e7..14f955d2b10 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/sprite.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/sprite.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: sprite.h,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: sprite.h,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -113,25 +113,4 @@ typedef int  ReturnStatus;
 #define	SUCCESS			0x00000000
 #define	FAILURE			0x00000001
 
-
-/*
- * A nil pointer must be something that will cause an exception if
- * referenced.  There are two nils: the kernels nil and the nil used
- * by user processes.
- */
-
-#define NIL 		~0
-#ifndef NULL
-#define NULL	 	0
-#endif /* NULL */
-
-/*
- * ClientData is an uninterpreted word.  It is defined as an int so that
- * kdbx will not interpret client data as a string. The
- * client data will generally not be used in arithmetic.
- * But we don't have kdbx anymore so we define it as void (christos)
- */
-
-typedef void *ClientData;
-
 #endif /* _SPRITE */
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/str.c b/devel/bmake/files/str.c
index de573498965..0991dc838d8 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/str.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/str.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char     sccsid[] = "@(#)str.c	5.8 (Berkeley) 6/1/90";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif				/* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -175,7 +175,11 @@ brk_string(const char *str, int *store_argc, Boolean expand, char **buffer)
 				inquote = (char) ch;
 				/* Don't miss "" or '' */
 				if (start == NULL && p[1] == inquote) {
-					start = t + 1;
+					if (!expand) {
+						start = t;
+						*t++ = ch;
+					} else
+						start = t + 1;
 					p++;
 					inquote = '\0';
 					break;
@@ -211,15 +215,22 @@ brk_string(const char *str, int *store_argc, Boolean expand, char **buffer)
 			}
 			argv[argc++] = start;
 			start = NULL;
-			if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\0')
+			if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\0') {
+				if (expand && inquote) {
+					free(argv);
+					free(*buffer);
+					*buffer = NULL;
+					return NULL;
+				}
 				goto done;
+			}
 			continue;
 		case '\\':
 			if (!expand) {
 				if (!start)
 					start = t;
 				*t++ = '\\';
-				if (*(p+1) == '\0') // catch '\' at end of line
+				if (*(p+1) == '\0') /* catch '\' at end of line */
 					continue;
 				ch = *++p;
 				break;
@@ -476,20 +487,20 @@ Str_SYSVMatch(const char *word, const char *pattern, int *len)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 void
-Str_SYSVSubst(Buffer buf, char *pat, char *src, int len)
+Str_SYSVSubst(Buffer *buf, char *pat, char *src, int len)
 {
     char *m;
 
     if ((m = strchr(pat, '%')) != NULL) {
 	/* Copy the prefix */
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, m - pat, (Byte *)pat);
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, m - pat, pat);
 	/* skip the % */
 	pat = m + 1;
     }
 
     /* Copy the pattern */
-    Buf_AddBytes(buf, len, (Byte *)src);
+    Buf_AddBytes(buf, len, src);
 
     /* append the rest */
-    Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(pat), (Byte *)pat);
+    Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(pat), pat);
 }
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/strlist.c b/devel/bmake/files/strlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..43d2d5e135a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/strlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.1.1.1 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by David Laight.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *    from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.1.1.1 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.1.1.1 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "strlist.h"
+#include "make_malloc.h"
+
+void
+strlist_init(strlist_t *sl)
+{
+	sl->sl_num = 0;
+	sl->sl_max = 0;
+	sl->sl_items = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_clean(strlist_t *sl)
+{
+	char *str;
+	int i;
+
+	STRLIST_FOREACH(str, sl, i)
+		free(str);
+	free(sl->sl_items);
+
+	sl->sl_num = 0;
+	sl->sl_max = 0;
+	sl->sl_items = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_add_str(strlist_t *sl, char *str, unsigned int info)
+{
+	unsigned int n;
+	strlist_item_t *items;
+
+	if (str == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	n = sl->sl_num + 1;
+	sl->sl_num = n;
+	items = sl->sl_items;
+	if (n >= sl->sl_max) {
+	    items = bmake_realloc(items, (n + 7) * sizeof *sl->sl_items);
+	    sl->sl_items = items;
+	    sl->sl_max = n + 6;
+	}
+	items += n - 1;
+	items->si_str = str;
+	items->si_info = info;
+	items[1].si_str = NULL;         /* STRLIST_FOREACH() terminator */
+}
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/strlist.h b/devel/bmake/files/strlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e93f93041de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/strlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: strlist.h,v 1.1.1.1 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by David Laight.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *    from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STRLIST_H
+#define _STRLIST_H
+
+typedef struct {
+    char          *si_str;
+    unsigned int  si_info;
+} strlist_item_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned int    sl_num;
+    unsigned int    sl_max;
+    strlist_item_t  *sl_items;
+} strlist_t;
+
+void strlist_init(strlist_t *);
+void strlist_clean(strlist_t *);
+void strlist_add_str(strlist_t *, char *, unsigned int);
+
+#define strlist_num(sl) ((sl)->sl_num)
+#define strlist_str(sl, n)  ((sl)->sl_items[n].si_str)
+#define strlist_info(sl, n)  ((sl)->sl_items[n].si_info)
+#define strlist_set_info(sl, n, v)  ((void)((sl)->sl_items[n].si_info = (v)))
+
+#define STRLIST_FOREACH(v, sl, index) \
+    if ((sl)->sl_items != NULL) \
+	for (index = 0; (v = strlist_str(sl, index)) != NULL; index++)
+
+#endif /* _STRLIST_H */
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/suff.c b/devel/bmake/files/suff.c
index 6557cee7001..32b3b4c0554 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/suff.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/suff.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)suff.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 3/21/94";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:28 joerg Exp $");
  *
  *	Suff_FindDeps	    	Find implicit sources for and the location of
  *	    	  	    	a target based on its suffix. Returns the
- *	    	  	    	bottom-most node added to the graph or NILGNODE
+ *	    	  	    	bottom-most node added to the graph or NULL
  *	    	  	    	if the target had no implicit sources.
  *
  *	Suff_FindPath	    	Return the appropriate path to search in
@@ -212,20 +212,20 @@ static Suff 	    *emptySuff;	/* The empty suffix required for POSIX
 				 * single-suffix transformation rules */
 
 
-static char *SuffStrIsPrefix(char *, char *);
-static char *SuffSuffIsSuffix(Suff *, SuffixCmpData *);
-static int SuffSuffIsSuffixP(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int SuffSuffHasNameP(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int SuffSuffIsPrefix(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int SuffGNHasNameP(ClientData, ClientData);
-static void SuffUnRef(ClientData, ClientData);
-static void SuffFree(ClientData);
+static const char *SuffStrIsPrefix(const char *, const char *);
+static char *SuffSuffIsSuffix(const Suff *, const SuffixCmpData *);
+static int SuffSuffIsSuffixP(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffSuffHasNameP(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffSuffIsPrefix(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffGNHasNameP(const void *, const void *);
+static void SuffUnRef(void *, void *);
+static void SuffFree(void *);
 static void SuffInsert(Lst, Suff *);
 static void SuffRemove(Lst, Suff *);
 static Boolean SuffParseTransform(char *, Suff **, Suff **);
-static int SuffRebuildGraph(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int SuffScanTargets(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int SuffAddSrc(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int SuffRebuildGraph(void *, void *);
+static int SuffScanTargets(void *, void *);
+static int SuffAddSrc(void *, void *);
 static int SuffRemoveSrc(Lst);
 static void SuffAddLevel(Lst, Src *);
 static Src *SuffFindThem(Lst, Lst);
@@ -236,9 +236,9 @@ static Boolean SuffApplyTransform(GNode *, GNode *, Suff *, Suff *);
 static void SuffFindDeps(GNode *, Lst);
 static void SuffFindArchiveDeps(GNode *, Lst);
 static void SuffFindNormalDeps(GNode *, Lst);
-static int SuffPrintName(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int SuffPrintSuff(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int SuffPrintTrans(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int SuffPrintName(void *, void *);
+static int SuffPrintSuff(void *, void *);
+static int SuffPrintTrans(void *, void *);
 
 	/*************** Lst Predicates ****************/
 /*-
@@ -257,8 +257,8 @@ static int SuffPrintTrans(ClientData, ClientData);
  *	None
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-static char    *
-SuffStrIsPrefix(char *pref, char *str)
+static const char *
+SuffStrIsPrefix(const char *pref, const char *str)
 {
     while (*str && *pref == *str) {
 	pref++;
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ SuffStrIsPrefix(char *pref, char *str)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static char *
-SuffSuffIsSuffix(Suff *s, SuffixCmpData *sd)
+SuffSuffIsSuffix(const Suff *s, const SuffixCmpData *sd)
 {
     char  *p1;	    	/* Pointer into suffix name */
     char  *p2;	    	/* Pointer into string being examined */
@@ -321,9 +321,9 @@ SuffSuffIsSuffix(Suff *s, SuffixCmpData *sd)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-SuffSuffIsSuffixP(ClientData s, ClientData sd)
+SuffSuffIsSuffixP(const void *s, const void *sd)
 {
-    return(!SuffSuffIsSuffix((Suff *)s, (SuffixCmpData *)sd));
+    return(!SuffSuffIsSuffix(s, sd));
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -344,9 +344,9 @@ SuffSuffIsSuffixP(ClientData s, ClientData sd)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-SuffSuffHasNameP(ClientData s, ClientData sname)
+SuffSuffHasNameP(const void *s, const void *sname)
 {
-    return (strcmp((char *)sname, ((Suff *)s)->name));
+    return (strcmp(sname, ((const Suff *)s)->name));
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -369,9 +369,9 @@ SuffSuffHasNameP(ClientData s, ClientData sname)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-SuffSuffIsPrefix(ClientData s, ClientData str)
+SuffSuffIsPrefix(const void *s, const void *str)
 {
-    return (SuffStrIsPrefix(((Suff *)s)->name, (char *)str) == NULL ? 1 : 0);
+    return SuffStrIsPrefix(((const Suff *)s)->name, str) == NULL;
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -391,20 +391,20 @@ SuffSuffIsPrefix(ClientData s, ClientData str)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-SuffGNHasNameP(ClientData gn, ClientData name)
+SuffGNHasNameP(const void *gn, const void *name)
 {
-    return (strcmp((char *)name, ((GNode *)gn)->name));
+    return (strcmp(name, ((const GNode *)gn)->name));
 }
 
  	    /*********** Maintenance Functions ************/
 
 static void
-SuffUnRef(ClientData lp, ClientData sp)
+SuffUnRef(void *lp, void *sp)
 {
     Lst l = (Lst) lp;
 
     LstNode ln = Lst_Member(l, sp);
-    if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln != NULL) {
 	Lst_Remove(l, ln);
 	((Suff *)sp)->refCount--;
     }
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ SuffUnRef(ClientData lp, ClientData sp)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static void
-SuffFree(ClientData sp)
+SuffFree(void *sp)
 {
     Suff           *s = (Suff *)sp;
 
@@ -440,9 +440,9 @@ SuffFree(ClientData sp)
 	    s->refCount);
 #endif
 
-    Lst_Destroy(s->ref, NOFREE);
-    Lst_Destroy(s->children, NOFREE);
-    Lst_Destroy(s->parents, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(s->ref, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(s->children, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(s->parents, NULL);
     Lst_Destroy(s->searchPath, Dir_Destroy);
 
     free(s->name);
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ SuffInsert(Lst l, Suff *s)
     if (Lst_Open(l) == FAILURE) {
 	return;
     }
-    while ((ln = Lst_Next(l)) != NILLNODE) {
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(l)) != NULL) {
 	s2 = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	if (s2->sNum >= s->sNum) {
 	    break;
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ SuffInsert(Lst l, Suff *s)
     if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
 	fprintf(debug_file, "inserting %s(%d)...", s->name, s->sNum);
     }
-    if (ln == NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln == NULL) {
 	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "at end of list\n");
 	}
@@ -586,8 +586,8 @@ SuffParseTransform(char *str, Suff **srcPtr, Suff **targPtr)
     Suff    	    	*single = NULL;/* Source of possible transformation to
 				     * null suffix */
 
-    srcLn = NILLNODE;
-    singleLn = NILLNODE;
+    srcLn = NULL;
+    singleLn = NULL;
 
     /*
      * Loop looking first for a suffix that matches the start of the
@@ -596,17 +596,17 @@ SuffParseTransform(char *str, Suff **srcPtr, Suff **targPtr)
      * parsed the string.
      */
     for (;;) {
-	if (srcLn == NILLNODE) {
+	if (srcLn == NULL) {
 	    srcLn = Lst_Find(sufflist, str, SuffSuffIsPrefix);
 	} else {
 	    srcLn = Lst_FindFrom(sufflist, Lst_Succ(srcLn), str,
 				  SuffSuffIsPrefix);
 	}
-	if (srcLn == NILLNODE) {
+	if (srcLn == NULL) {
 	    /*
 	     * Ran out of source suffixes -- no such rule
 	     */
-	    if (singleLn != NILLNODE) {
+	    if (singleLn != NULL) {
 		/*
 		 * Not so fast Mr. Smith! There was a suffix that encompassed
 		 * the entire string, so we assume it was a transformation
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ SuffParseTransform(char *str, Suff **srcPtr, Suff **targPtr)
 	    singleLn = srcLn;
 	} else {
 	    targLn = Lst_Find(sufflist, str2, SuffSuffHasNameP);
-	    if (targLn != NILLNODE) {
+	    if (targLn != NULL) {
 		*srcPtr = src;
 		*targPtr = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(targLn);
 		return (TRUE);
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ Suff_AddTransform(char *line)
     LstNode 	  ln;	    	/* Node for existing transformation */
 
     ln = Lst_Find(transforms, line, SuffGNHasNameP);
-    if (ln == NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln == NULL) {
 	/*
 	 * Make a new graph node for the transformation. It will be filled in
 	 * by the Parse module.
@@ -704,8 +704,8 @@ Suff_AddTransform(char *line)
 	 * attached to several different transformations.
 	 */
 	gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
-	Lst_Destroy(gn->commands, NOFREE);
-	Lst_Destroy(gn->children, NOFREE);
+	Lst_Destroy(gn->commands, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(gn->children, NULL);
 	gn->commands = Lst_Init(FALSE);
 	gn->children = Lst_Init(FALSE);
     }
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ Suff_AddTransform(char *line)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 int
-Suff_EndTransform(ClientData gnp, ClientData dummy)
+Suff_EndTransform(void *gnp, void *dummy)
 {
     GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
 
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ Suff_EndTransform(ClientData gnp, ClientData dummy)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-SuffRebuildGraph(ClientData transformp, ClientData sp)
+SuffRebuildGraph(void *transformp, void *sp)
 {
     GNode   	*transform = (GNode *)transformp;
     Suff    	*s = (Suff *)sp;
@@ -835,10 +835,10 @@ SuffRebuildGraph(ClientData transformp, ClientData sp)
     /*
      * First see if it is a transformation from this suffix.
      */
-    cp = SuffStrIsPrefix(s->name, transform->name);
+    cp = UNCONST(SuffStrIsPrefix(s->name, transform->name));
     if (cp != NULL) {
 	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, cp, SuffSuffHasNameP);
-	if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+	if (ln != NULL) {
 	    /*
 	     * Found target. Link in and return, since it can't be anything
 	     * else.
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ SuffRebuildGraph(ClientData transformp, ClientData sp)
 	 * Replace the start of the target suffix
 	 */
 	cp[1] = s->name[0];
-	if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+	if (ln != NULL) {
 	    /*
 	     * Found it -- establish the proper relationship
 	     */
@@ -896,14 +896,14 @@ SuffRebuildGraph(ClientData transformp, ClientData sp)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-SuffScanTargets(ClientData targetp, ClientData gsp)
+SuffScanTargets(void *targetp, void *gsp)
 {
     GNode   	*target = (GNode *)targetp;
     GNodeSuff	*gs = (GNodeSuff *)gsp;
     Suff	*s, *t;
     char 	*ptr;
 
-    if (*gs->gn == NILGNODE && gs->r && (target->type & OP_NOTARGET) == 0) {
+    if (*gs->gn == NULL && gs->r && (target->type & OP_NOTARGET) == 0) {
 	*gs->gn = target;
 	Targ_SetMain(target);
 	return 1;
@@ -919,10 +919,10 @@ SuffScanTargets(ClientData targetp, ClientData gsp)
     if (SuffParseTransform(target->name, &s, &t)) {
 	if (*gs->gn == target) {
 	    gs->r = TRUE;
-	    *gs->gn = NILGNODE;
-	    Targ_SetMain(NILGNODE);
+	    *gs->gn = NULL;
+	    Targ_SetMain(NULL);
 	}
-	Lst_Destroy(target->children, NOFREE);
+	Lst_Destroy(target->children, NULL);
 	target->children = Lst_Init(FALSE);
 	target->type = OP_TRANSFORM;
 	/*
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ Suff_AddSuffix(char *str, GNode **gn)
     GNodeSuff	  gs;
 
     ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, str, SuffSuffHasNameP);
-    if (ln == NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln == NULL) {
 	s = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Suff));
 
 	s->name =   	bmake_strdup(str);
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ Suff_AddSuffix(char *str, GNode **gn)
  *	Return the search path for the given suffix, if it's defined.
  *
  * Results:
- *	The searchPath for the desired suffix or NILLST if the suffix isn't
+ *	The searchPath for the desired suffix or NULL if the suffix isn't
  *	defined.
  *
  * Side Effects:
@@ -1017,8 +1017,8 @@ Suff_GetPath(char *sname)
     Suff    	  *s;
 
     ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
-    if (ln == NILLNODE) {
-	return (NILLST);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
     } else {
 	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	return (s->searchPath);
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ Suff_DoPaths(void)
     inIncludes = Lst_Init(FALSE);
     inLibs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
 
-    while ((ln = Lst_Next(sufflist)) != NILLNODE) {
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(sufflist)) != NULL) {
 	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	if (!Lst_IsEmpty (s->searchPath)) {
 #ifdef INCLUDES
@@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ Suff_AddInclude(char *sname)
     Suff	  *s;
 
     ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
-    if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln != NULL) {
 	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	s->flags |= SUFF_INCLUDE;
     }
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ Suff_AddLib(char *sname)
     Suff	  *s;
 
     ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
-    if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln != NULL) {
 	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	s->flags |= SUFF_LIBRARY;
     }
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ Suff_AddLib(char *sname)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-SuffAddSrc(ClientData sp, ClientData lsp)
+SuffAddSrc(void *sp, void *lsp)
 {
     Suff	*s = (Suff *)sp;
     LstSrc      *ls = (LstSrc *)lsp;
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ SuffAddSrc(ClientData sp, ClientData lsp)
 	s2->file =  	bmake_strdup(targ->pref);
 	s2->pref =  	targ->pref;
 	s2->parent = 	targ;
-	s2->node =  	NILGNODE;
+	s2->node =  	NULL;
 	s2->suff =  	s;
 	s->refCount++;
 	s2->children =	0;
@@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ SuffAddSrc(ClientData sp, ClientData lsp)
     s2->file = 	    str_concat(targ->pref, s->name, 0);
     s2->pref =	    targ->pref;
     s2->parent =    targ;
-    s2->node = 	    NILGNODE;
+    s2->node = 	    NULL;
     s2->suff = 	    s;
     s->refCount++;
     s2->children =  0;
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ SuffRemoveSrc(Lst l)
 #endif
 
 
-    while ((ln = Lst_Next(l)) != NILLNODE) {
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(l)) != NULL) {
 	s = (Src *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	if (s->children == 0) {
 	    free(s->file);
@@ -1293,14 +1293,14 @@ SuffRemoveSrc(Lst l)
 	    else {
 #ifdef DEBUG_SRC
 		LstNode ln = Lst_Member(s->parent->cp, s);
-		if (ln != NILLNODE)
+		if (ln != NULL)
 		    Lst_Remove(s->parent->cp, ln);
 #endif
 		--s->parent->children;
 	    }
 #ifdef DEBUG_SRC
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "free: [l=%x] p=%x %d\n", l, s, s->children);
-	    Lst_Destroy(s->cp, NOFREE);
+	    Lst_Destroy(s->cp, NULL);
 #endif
 	    Lst_Remove(l, ln);
 	    free(s);
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ SuffFindThem(Lst srcs, Lst slst)
 	 * A file is considered to exist if either a node exists in the
 	 * graph for it or the file actually exists.
 	 */
-	if (Targ_FindNode(s->file, TARG_NOCREATE) != NILGNODE) {
+	if (Targ_FindNode(s->file, TARG_NOCREATE) != NULL) {
 #ifdef DEBUG_SRC
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "remove %x from %x\n", s, srcs);
 #endif
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ SuffFindThem(Lst srcs, Lst slst)
  *	targ		Src structure to play with
  *
  * Results:
- *	The Src structure of the "winning" child, or NIL if no such beast.
+ *	The Src structure of the "winning" child, or NULL if no such beast.
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	A Src structure may be allocated.
@@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ SuffFindCmds(Src *targ, Lst slst)
 
     for (;;) {
 	ln = Lst_Next(t->children);
-	if (ln == NILLNODE) {
+	if (ln == NULL) {
 	    Lst_Close(t->children);
 	    return NULL;
 	}
@@ -1452,9 +1452,8 @@ SuffFindCmds(Src *targ, Lst slst)
 	 * The node matches the prefix ok, see if it has a known
 	 * suffix.
 	 */
-	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, &cp[prefLen],
-		       SuffSuffHasNameP);
-	if (ln == NILLNODE)
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, &cp[prefLen], SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	if (ln == NULL)
 	    continue;
 	/*
 	 * It even has a known suffix, see if there's a transformation
@@ -1464,7 +1463,7 @@ SuffFindCmds(Src *targ, Lst slst)
 	 */
 	suff = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 
-	if (Lst_Member(suff->parents, targ->suff) != NILLNODE)
+	if (Lst_Member(suff->parents, targ->suff) != NULL)
 	    break;
     }
 
@@ -1642,7 +1641,7 @@ SuffExpandChildren(LstNode cln, GNode *pgn)
 	    /* Expand wildcards on new node */
 	    SuffExpandWildcards(Lst_Prev(cln), pgn);
 	}
-	Lst_Destroy(members, NOFREE);
+	Lst_Destroy(members, NULL);
 
 	/*
 	 * Free the result
@@ -1699,7 +1698,7 @@ SuffExpandWildcards(LstNode cln, GNode *pgn)
     /*
      * Nuke what's left of the list
      */
-    Lst_Destroy(explist, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(explist, NULL);
 
     if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
 	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
@@ -1749,7 +1748,7 @@ Suff_FindPath(GNode* gn)
 	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "Wildcard expanding \"%s\"...", gn->name);
 	}
-	if (ln != NILLNODE)
+	if (ln != NULL)
 	    suff = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	/* XXX: Here we can save the suffix so we don't have to do this again */
     }
@@ -1812,7 +1811,7 @@ SuffApplyTransform(GNode *tGn, GNode *sGn, Suff *t, Suff *s)
     ln = Lst_Find(transforms, tname, SuffGNHasNameP);
     free(tname);
 
-    if (ln == NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln == NULL) {
 	/*
 	 * Not really such a transformation rule (can happen when we're
 	 * called to link an OP_MEMBER and OP_ARCHV node), so return
@@ -1840,7 +1839,7 @@ SuffApplyTransform(GNode *tGn, GNode *sGn, Suff *t, Suff *s)
     /*
      * Deal with wildcards and variables in any acquired sources
      */
-    for (ln = Lst_Succ(ln); ln != NILLNODE; ln = nln) {
+    for (ln = Lst_Succ(ln); ln != NULL; ln = nln) {
 	nln = Lst_Succ(ln);
 	SuffExpandChildren(ln, tGn);
     }
@@ -1961,7 +1960,7 @@ SuffFindArchiveDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
 	sd.ename = eoarch;
 	ln = Lst_Find(ms->parents, &sd, SuffSuffIsSuffixP);
 
-	if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+	if (ln != NULL) {
 	    /*
 	     * Got one -- apply it
 	     */
@@ -2060,13 +2059,13 @@ SuffFindNormalDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
      * Should we find one, we discard the one we found before.
      */
 
-    while (ln != NILLNODE) {
+    while (ln != NULL) {
 	/*
 	 * Look for next possible suffix...
 	 */
 	ln = Lst_FindFrom(sufflist, ln, &sd, SuffSuffIsSuffixP);
 
-	if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+	if (ln != NULL) {
 	    int	    prefLen;	    /* Length of the prefix */
 
 	    /*
@@ -2182,7 +2181,7 @@ SuffFindNormalDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
      * Now we've got the important local variables set, expand any sources
      * that still contain variables or wildcards in their names.
      */
-    for (ln = Lst_First(gn->children); ln != NILLNODE; ln = nln) {
+    for (ln = Lst_First(gn->children); ln != NULL; ln = nln) {
 	nln = Lst_Succ(ln);
 	SuffExpandChildren(ln, gn);
     }
@@ -2274,7 +2273,7 @@ sfnd_abort:
 	     * up to, but not including, the parent node.
 	     */
 	    while (bottom && bottom->parent != NULL) {
-		if (Lst_Member(slst, bottom) == NILLNODE) {
+		if (Lst_Member(slst, bottom) == NULL) {
 		    Lst_AtEnd(slst, bottom);
 		}
 		bottom = bottom->parent;
@@ -2302,7 +2301,7 @@ sfnd_abort:
      * transformation rule. Also, the unmade field of gn is incremented.
      * Etc.
      */
-    if (bottom->node == NILGNODE) {
+    if (bottom->node == NULL) {
 	bottom->node = Targ_FindNode(bottom->file, TARG_CREATE);
     }
 
@@ -2314,7 +2313,7 @@ sfnd_abort:
 	src->node->suffix = src->suff;
 	src->node->suffix->refCount++;
 
-	if (targ->node == NILGNODE) {
+	if (targ->node == NULL) {
 	    targ->node = Targ_FindNode(targ->file, TARG_CREATE);
 	}
 
@@ -2350,7 +2349,7 @@ sfnd_abort:
      */
 sfnd_return:
     if (bottom)
-	if (Lst_Member(slst, bottom) == NILLNODE)
+	if (Lst_Member(slst, bottom) == NULL)
 	    Lst_AtEnd(slst, bottom);
 
     while (SuffRemoveSrc(srcs) || SuffRemoveSrc(targs))
@@ -2435,11 +2434,10 @@ SuffFindDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
 	LstNode	ln;
 	Suff	*s;
 
-	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, UNCONST(LIBSUFF),
-	    SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, LIBSUFF, SuffSuffHasNameP);
 	if (gn->suffix)
 	    gn->suffix->refCount--;
-	if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+	if (ln != NULL) {
 	    gn->suffix = s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	    gn->suffix->refCount++;
 	    Arch_FindLib(gn, s->searchPath);
@@ -2485,7 +2483,7 @@ Suff_SetNull(char *name)
     LstNode ln;
 
     ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, name, SuffSuffHasNameP);
-    if (ln != NILLNODE) {
+    if (ln != NULL) {
 	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	if (suffNull != NULL) {
 	    suffNull->flags &= ~SUFF_NULL;
@@ -2566,22 +2564,22 @@ Suff_End(void)
     Lst_Destroy(suffClean, SuffFree);
     if (suffNull)
 	SuffFree(suffNull);
-    Lst_Destroy(srclist, NOFREE);
-    Lst_Destroy(transforms, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(srclist, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(transforms, NULL);
 #endif
 }
 
 
 /********************* DEBUGGING FUNCTIONS **********************/
 
-static int SuffPrintName(ClientData s, ClientData dummy)
+static int SuffPrintName(void *s, void *dummy)
 {
     fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", ((Suff *)s)->name);
     return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
 }
 
 static int
-SuffPrintSuff(ClientData sp, ClientData dummy)
+SuffPrintSuff(void *sp, void *dummy)
 {
     Suff    *s = (Suff *)sp;
     int	    flags;
@@ -2623,7 +2621,7 @@ SuffPrintSuff(ClientData sp, ClientData dummy)
 }
 
 static int
-SuffPrintTrans(ClientData tp, ClientData dummy)
+SuffPrintTrans(void *tp, void *dummy)
 {
     GNode   *t = (GNode *)tp;
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/targ.c b/devel/bmake/files/targ.c
index 0793c974748..3402a9ab143 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/targ.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/targ.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)targ.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -144,13 +144,13 @@ static Hash_Table targets;	/* a hash table of same */
 
 #define HTSIZE	191		/* initial size of hash table */
 
-static int TargPrintOnlySrc(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int TargPrintName(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int TargPrintOnlySrc(void *, void *);
+static int TargPrintName(void *, void *);
 #ifdef CLEANUP
-static void TargFreeGN(ClientData);
+static void TargFreeGN(void *);
 #endif
-static int TargPropagateCohort(ClientData, ClientData);
-static int TargPropagateNode(ClientData, ClientData);
+static int TargPropagateCohort(void *, void *);
+static int TargPropagateNode(void *, void *);
 
 /*-
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ void
 Targ_End(void)
 {
 #ifdef CLEANUP
-    Lst_Destroy(allTargets, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(allTargets, NULL);
     if (allGNs)
 	Lst_Destroy(allGNs, TargFreeGN);
     Hash_DeleteTable(&targets);
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Targ_NewGN(const char *name)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static void
-TargFreeGN(ClientData gnp)
+TargFreeGN(void *gnp)
 {
     GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
 
@@ -297,14 +297,14 @@ TargFreeGN(ClientData gnp)
 	free(gn->path);
     /* gn->fname points to name allocated when file was opened, don't free */
 
-    Lst_Destroy(gn->iParents, NOFREE);
-    Lst_Destroy(gn->cohorts, NOFREE);
-    Lst_Destroy(gn->parents, NOFREE);
-    Lst_Destroy(gn->children, NOFREE);
-    Lst_Destroy(gn->order_succ, NOFREE);
-    Lst_Destroy(gn->order_pred, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->iParents, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->cohorts, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->parents, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->children, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->order_succ, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->order_pred, NULL);
     Hash_DeleteTable(&gn->context);
-    Lst_Destroy(gn->commands, NOFREE);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->commands, NULL);
     free(gn);
 }
 #endif
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ TargFreeGN(ClientData gnp)
  *			found
  *
  * Results:
- *	The node in the list if it was. If it wasn't, return NILGNODE of
+ *	The node in the list if it was. If it wasn't, return NULL of
  *	flags was TARG_NOCREATE or the newly created and initialized node
  *	if it was TARG_CREATE
  *
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ Targ_FindNode(const char *name, int flags)
     if (!(flags & (TARG_CREATE | TARG_NOHASH))) {
 	he = Hash_FindEntry(&targets, name);
 	if (he == NULL)
-	    return (NILGNODE);
+	    return NULL;
 	return (GNode *)Hash_GetValue(he);
     }
 
@@ -392,10 +392,10 @@ Targ_FindList(Lst names, int flags)
     if (Lst_Open(names) == FAILURE) {
 	return (nodes);
     }
-    while ((ln = Lst_Next(names)) != NILLNODE) {
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(names)) != NULL) {
 	name = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
 	gn = Targ_FindNode(name, flags);
-	if (gn != NILGNODE) {
+	if (gn != NULL) {
 	    /*
 	     * Note: Lst_AtEnd must come before the Lst_Concat so the nodes
 	     * are added to the list in the order in which they were
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ Targ_SetMain(GNode *gn)
 }
 
 static int
-TargPrintName(ClientData gnp, ClientData pflags __unused)
+TargPrintName(void *gnp, void *pflags __unused)
 {
     GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
 
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ TargPrintName(ClientData gnp, ClientData pflags __unused)
 
 
 int
-Targ_PrintCmd(ClientData cmd, ClientData dummy)
+Targ_PrintCmd(void *cmd, void *dummy)
 {
     fprintf(debug_file, "\t%s\n", (char *)cmd);
     return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ made_name(enum enum_made made)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 int
-Targ_PrintNode(ClientData gnp, ClientData passp)
+Targ_PrintNode(void *gnp, void *passp)
 {
     GNode         *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
     int	    	  pass = passp ? *(int *)passp : 0;
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ Targ_PrintNode(ClientData gnp, ClientData passp)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-TargPrintOnlySrc(ClientData gnp, ClientData dummy __unused)
+TargPrintOnlySrc(void *gnp, void *dummy __unused)
 {
     GNode   	  *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
     if (!OP_NOP(gn->type))
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ Targ_PrintGraph(int pass)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-TargPropagateNode(ClientData gnp, ClientData junk __unused)
+TargPropagateNode(void *gnp, void *junk __unused)
 {
     GNode	  *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
 
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ TargPropagateNode(ClientData gnp, ClientData junk __unused)
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static int
-TargPropagateCohort(ClientData cgnp, ClientData pgnp)
+TargPropagateCohort(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
 {
     GNode	  *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
     GNode	  *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/trace.c b/devel/bmake/files/trace.c
index 79c6b622e07..3d2f42afe68 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/trace.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/trace.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
@@ -31,11 +31,11 @@
 
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $");
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
 
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ Trace_Log(TrEvent event, Job *job)
 
 	gettimeofday(&rightnow, NULL);
 
-	fprintf(trfile, "%ld.%06d %d %s %d %s",
-	    rightnow.tv_sec, (int)rightnow.tv_usec,
+	fprintf(trfile, "%lld.%06ld %d %s %d %s",
+	    (long long)rightnow.tv_sec, (long)rightnow.tv_usec,
 	    jobTokensRunning,
 	    evname[event], trpid, trwd);
 	if (job != NULL) {
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/trace.h b/devel/bmake/files/trace.h
index 222381b1fcc..1ef59241d14 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/trace.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/trace.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: trace.h,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: trace.h,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:27 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/Makefile.in b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/Makefile.in
index 5be5b60bf51..de6f4ebe139 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/Makefile.in
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/Makefile.in
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 #
-# $NetBSD: Makefile.in,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $NetBSD: Makefile.in,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 #
 # Unit tests for make(1)
 # The main targets are:
@@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ clean:
 
 TEST_MAKE?= ${.MAKE}
 TOOL_SED ?= sed
+TOOL_TR ?= tr
 
 # The driver.
 # We always pretend .MAKE was called 'make' 
@@ -63,6 +64,7 @@ TOOL_SED ?= sed
 test:
 	@echo "${TEST_MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} > ${.TARGET}.out 2>&1"
 	@cd ${.OBJDIR} && ${TEST_MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} 2>&1 | \
+	${TOOL_TR} -d '\015' | \
 	${TOOL_SED} -e 's,^${TEST_MAKE:T:C/\./\\\./g}:,make:,' \
 	-e '/stopped/s, /.*, unit-tests,' \
 	-e 's,${.CURDIR:C/\./\\\./g}/,,g' \
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/cond1 b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/cond1
index 4eaa4e1ec4f..c8e2ef8eabf 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/cond1
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/cond1
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: cond1,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $Id: cond1,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 
 # hard code these!
 TEST_UNAME_S= NetBSD
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/dotwait b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/dotwait
index b8f79494ec0..67fd5f9510a 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/dotwait
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/dotwait
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $NetBSD: dotwait,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $NetBSD: dotwait,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 
 THISMAKEFILE:= ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PARSEFILE}
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/export b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/export
index 736d319cb4f..361eebb2ffb 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/export
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/export
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: export,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $Id: export,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 
 UT_TEST=export
 UT_FOO=foo${BAR}
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/export-all b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/export-all
index 8a5a54757f1..9108dd4c33b 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/export-all
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/export-all
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: export-all,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $Id: export-all,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 
 UT_OK=good
 UT_F=fine
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/moderrs b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/moderrs
index 931adee5ae8..beede8d33a7 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/moderrs
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/moderrs
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: moderrs,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $Id: moderrs,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 #
 # various modifier error tests
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modmatch b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modmatch
index 4ada35e35fd..48a1befb58b 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modmatch
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modmatch
@@ -9,8 +9,15 @@ X_LIBS= ${LIBA} ${LIBD} ${LIBE}
 
 LIB?=a
 
+var = head
+res = no
+.if !empty(var:M${:Uhead\:tail:C/:.*//})
+res = OK
+.endif
+
 all:
 	@for x in $X; do ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} show LIB=$$x; done
+	@echo "Mscanner=${res}"
 
 show:
 	@echo 'LIB=${LIB} X_LIBS:M$${LIB$${LIB:tu}} is "${X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}}}"'
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modmisc b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modmisc
index be311330e73..19b8f6005f9 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modmisc
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modmisc
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: modmisc,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $Id: modmisc,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 #
 # miscellaneous modifier tests
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modorder b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modorder
index 55fc1a77dca..47a9960f7d8 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modorder
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modorder
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $NetBSD: modorder,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $NetBSD: modorder,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 
 LIST=		one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
 LISTX=		${LIST:Ox}
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modword b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modword
index b83b14d6a1e..e363898fbdb 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modword
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/modword
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: modword,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $Id: modword,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 #
 # Test behaviour of new :[] modifier
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/posix b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/posix
index db800fdb95e..5ed7e12a4bc 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/posix
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/posix
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: posix,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $Id: posix,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 
 all:	x plus subs err
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/qequals b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/qequals
index 65b96a3a007..1812cd8f301 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/qequals
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/qequals
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: qequals,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $Id: qequals,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 
 M= i386
 V.i386= OK
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/test.exp b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/test.exp
index d34ae999607..bcbe90590e9 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/test.exp
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/test.exp
@@ -74,10 +74,10 @@ Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'
 make: Unknown modifier 'Z'
 VAR:Z=
 Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR
-make: Unclosed variable specification for VAR
+make: Unclosed variable specification (expecting '}') for "VAR" (value "Thevariable") modifier S
 VAR:S,V,v,=Thevariable
 Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR
-make: Unclosed variable specification for VAR
+make: Unclosed variable specification after complex modifier (expecting '}') for VAR
 VAR:S,V,v,=Thevariable
 Expect: Unclosed substitution for VAR (, missing)
 make: Unclosed substitution for VAR (, missing)
@@ -97,6 +97,7 @@ LIB=d X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is "/TMP/LIBD.A"
 LIB=e X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is "/tmp/libe.a"
 LIB=e X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is "/tmp/libe.a"
 LIB=e X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is "/TMP/LIBE.A"
+Mscanner=OK
 path=':/bin:/usr/bin::/sbin:/usr/sbin:.:/home/user/bin:.'
 path='/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/home/user/bin'
 path='/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/homes/user/bin'
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/varcmd b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/varcmd
index 4cc4dbeb90d..0b9f04bbc9f 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/varcmd
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/unit-tests/varcmd
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: varcmd,v 1.1.1.3 2008/11/11 19:32:33 joerg Exp $
+# $Id: varcmd,v 1.1.1.4 2009/09/18 20:55:34 joerg Exp $
 #
 # Test behaviour of recursive make and vars set on command line.
 
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/util.c b/devel/bmake/files/util.c
index 4e131962d0c..b19b4d9ae17 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/util.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/util.c
@@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Missing stuff from OS's
  *
- *	$Id: util.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $
+ *	$Id: util.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $
  */
 
 #include "make.h"
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #ifndef lint
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:31 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ getwd(char *pathname)
     if (stat("/", &st_root) == -1) {
 	(void)sprintf(pathname,
 			"getwd: Cannot stat \"/\" (%s)", strerror(errno));
-	return (NULL);
+	return NULL;
     }
     pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0';
     pathptr = &pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1];
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ getwd(char *pathname)
     if (lstat(".", &st_cur) == -1) {
 	(void)sprintf(pathname,
 			"getwd: Cannot stat \".\" (%s)", strerror(errno));
-	return (NULL);
+	return NULL;
     }
     nextpathptr = strrcpy(nextpathptr, "../");
 
@@ -320,13 +320,13 @@ getwd(char *pathname)
 	    (void)sprintf(pathname,
 			    "getwd: Cannot stat directory \"%s\" (%s)",
 			    nextpathptr, strerror(errno));
-	    return (NULL);
+	    return NULL;
 	}
 	if ((dp = opendir(nextpathptr)) == NULL) {
 	    (void)sprintf(pathname,
 			    "getwd: Cannot open directory \"%s\" (%s)",
 			    nextpathptr, strerror(errno));
-	    return (NULL);
+	    return NULL;
 	}
 
 	/* look in the parent for the entry with the same inode */
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ getwd(char *pathname)
 			"getwd: Cannot stat \"%s\" (%s)",
 			d->d_name, strerror(errno));
 		    (void)closedir(dp);
-		    return (NULL);
+		    return NULL;
 		}
 		/* check if we found it yet */
 		if (st_next.st_ino == st_cur.st_ino &&
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ getwd(char *pathname)
 	    (void)sprintf(pathname,
 		"getwd: Cannot find \".\" in \"..\"");
 	    (void)closedir(dp);
-	    return (NULL);
+	    return NULL;
 	}
 	st_cur = st_dotdot;
 	pathptr = strrcpy(pathptr, d->d_name);
@@ -522,10 +522,10 @@ strftime(char *buf, size_t len, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm)
 			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%s", months[tm->tm_mon]);
 			break;
 		case 'd':
-			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%s", tm->tm_mday);
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_mday);
 			break;
 		case 'Y':
-			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%s", 1900 + tm->tm_year);
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%d", 1900 + tm->tm_year);
 			break;
 		default:
 			s = snprintf(buf, len, "Unsupported format %c",
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/var.c b/devel/bmake/files/var.c
index 1df6a575405..9744fae5747 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/var.c
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/var.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:32 joerg Exp $	*/
 
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
-static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $";
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:32 joerg Exp $";
 #else
 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #ifndef lint
 #if 0
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)var.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
 #else
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $");
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.1.1.5 2009/09/18 20:55:32 joerg Exp $");
 #endif
 #endif /* not lint */
 #endif
@@ -86,31 +86,31 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $");
  *	Variable-handling functions
  *
  * Interface:
- *	Var_Set	  	    Set the value of a variable in the given
- *	    	  	    context. The variable is created if it doesn't
- *	    	  	    yet exist. The value and variable name need not
- *	    	  	    be preserved.
+ *	Var_Set		    Set the value of a variable in the given
+ *			    context. The variable is created if it doesn't
+ *			    yet exist. The value and variable name need not
+ *			    be preserved.
  *
  *	Var_Append	    Append more characters to an existing variable
- *	    	  	    in the given context. The variable needn't
- *	    	  	    exist already -- it will be created if it doesn't.
- *	    	  	    A space is placed between the old value and the
- *	    	  	    new one.
+ *			    in the given context. The variable needn't
+ *			    exist already -- it will be created if it doesn't.
+ *			    A space is placed between the old value and the
+ *			    new one.
  *
  *	Var_Exists	    See if a variable exists.
  *
  *	Var_Value 	    Return the value of a variable in a context or
- *	    	  	    NULL if the variable is undefined.
+ *			    NULL if the variable is undefined.
  *
  *	Var_Subst 	    Substitute named variable, or all variables if
  *			    NULL in a string using
- *	    	  	    the given context as the top-most one. If the
- *	    	  	    third argument is non-zero, Parse_Error is
- *	    	  	    called if any variables are undefined.
+ *			    the given context as the top-most one. If the
+ *			    third argument is non-zero, Parse_Error is
+ *			    called if any variables are undefined.
  *
  *	Var_Parse 	    Parse a variable expansion from a string and
- *	    	  	    return the result and the number of characters
- *	    	  	    consumed.
+ *			    return the result and the number of characters
+ *			    consumed.
  *
  *	Var_Delete	    Delete a variable in a context.
  *
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ __RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.1.1.4 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $");
  *
  * Debugging:
  *	Var_Dump  	    Print out all variables defined in the given
- *	    	  	    context.
+ *			    context.
  *
  * XXX: There's a lot of duplication in these functions.
  */
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ GNode          *VAR_CMD;      /* variables defined on the command-line */
 
 typedef struct Var {
     char          *name;	/* the variable's name */
-    Buffer	  val;	    	/* its value */
-    int	    	  flags;    	/* miscellaneous status flags */
+    Buffer	  val;		/* its value */
+    int		  flags;    	/* miscellaneous status flags */
 #define VAR_IN_USE	1   	    /* Variable's value currently being used.
 				     * Used to avoid recursion */
 #define VAR_FROM_ENV	2   	    /* Variable comes from the environment */
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ static int var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE;
  * We pass this to Var_Export when doing the initial export
  * or after updating an exported var.
  */
-#define VAR_EXPORT_FORCE 1
+#define VAR_EXPORT_PARENT 1
 
 /* Var*Pattern flags */
 #define VAR_SUB_GLOBAL	0x01	/* Apply substitution globally */
@@ -232,28 +232,28 @@ typedef struct {
 				 * several space-separated words). */
 } Var_Parse_State;
 
-/* struct passed as ClientData to VarSubstitute() for ":S/lhs/rhs/",
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarSubstitute() for ":S/lhs/rhs/",
  * to VarSYSVMatch() for ":lhs=rhs". */
 typedef struct {
     const char   *lhs;	    /* String to match */
-    int	    	  leftLen; /* Length of string */
+    int		  leftLen; /* Length of string */
     const char   *rhs;	    /* Replacement string (w/ &'s removed) */
-    int	    	  rightLen; /* Length of replacement */
-    int	    	  flags;
+    int		  rightLen; /* Length of replacement */
+    int		  flags;
 } VarPattern;
 
-/* struct passed as ClientData to VarLoopExpand() for ":@tvar@str@" */
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarLoopExpand() for ":@tvar@str@" */
 typedef struct {
     GNode	*ctxt;		/* variable context */
     char	*tvar;		/* name of temp var */
-    int		tvarLen;	
+    int		tvarLen;
     char	*str;		/* string to expand */
-    int		strLen;		
+    int		strLen;
     int		errnum;		/* errnum for not defined */
 } VarLoop_t;
 
 #ifndef NO_REGEX
-/* struct passed as ClientData to VarRESubstitute() for ":C///" */
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarRESubstitute() for ":C///" */
 typedef struct {
     regex_t	   re;
     int		   nsub;
@@ -272,30 +272,30 @@ typedef struct {
 static Var *VarFind(const char *, GNode *, int);
 static void VarAdd(const char *, const char *, GNode *);
 static Boolean VarHead(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
-			char *, Boolean, Buffer, ClientData);
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
 static Boolean VarTail(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
-			char *, Boolean, Buffer, ClientData);
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
 static Boolean VarSuffix(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
-			char *, Boolean, Buffer, ClientData);
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
 static Boolean VarRoot(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
-			char *, Boolean, Buffer, ClientData);
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
 static Boolean VarMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
-			char *, Boolean, Buffer, ClientData);
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
 #ifdef SYSVVARSUB
 static Boolean VarSYSVMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
-			char *, Boolean, Buffer, ClientData);
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
 #endif
 static Boolean VarNoMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
-			char *, Boolean, Buffer, ClientData);
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
 #ifndef NO_REGEX
 static void VarREError(int, regex_t *, const char *);
 static Boolean VarRESubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
-			char *, Boolean, Buffer, ClientData);
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
 #endif
 static Boolean VarSubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
-			char *, Boolean, Buffer, ClientData);
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
 static Boolean VarLoopExpand(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
-			char *, Boolean, Buffer, ClientData);
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
 static char *VarGetPattern(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
 			   int, const char **, int, int *, int *,
 			   VarPattern *);
@@ -303,12 +303,12 @@ static char *VarQuote(char *);
 static char *VarChangeCase(char *, int);
 static char *VarModify(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
     const char *,
-    Boolean (*)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer, ClientData),
-    ClientData);
+    Boolean (*)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *),
+    void *);
 static char *VarOrder(const char *, const char);
 static char *VarUniq(const char *);
 static int VarWordCompare(const void *, const void *);
-static void VarPrintVar(ClientData);
+static void VarPrintVar(void *);
 
 #define BROPEN	'{'
 #define BRCLOSE	'}'
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ static void VarPrintVar(ClientData);
  *
  * Results:
  *	A pointer to the structure describing the desired variable or
- *	NIL if the variable does not exist.
+ *	NULL if the variable does not exist.
  *
  * Side Effects:
  *	None
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ static Var *
 VarFind(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
 {
     Hash_Entry         	*var;
-    Var		  	*v;
+    Var			*v;
 
 	/*
 	 * If the variable name begins with a '.', it could very well be one of
@@ -397,15 +397,15 @@ VarFind(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
 	char *env;
 
 	if ((env = getenv(name)) != NULL) {
-	    int	  	len;
+	    int		len;
 
 	    v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
 	    v->name = bmake_strdup(name);
 
 	    len = strlen(env);
 
-	    v->val = Buf_Init(len + 1);
-	    Buf_AddBytes(v->val, len, (Byte *)env);
+	    Buf_Init(&v->val, len + 1);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, env);
 
 	    v->flags = VAR_FROM_ENV;
 	    return (v);
@@ -414,15 +414,15 @@ VarFind(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
 	{
 	    var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name);
 	    if (var == NULL) {
-		return ((Var *)NIL);
+		return NULL;
 	    } else {
 		return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var));
 	    }
 	} else {
-	    return((Var *)NIL);
+	    return NULL;
 	}
     } else if (var == NULL) {
-	return ((Var *)NIL);
+	return NULL;
     } else {
 	return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var));
     }
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ VarFreeEnv(Var *v, Boolean destroy)
     if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) == 0)
 	return FALSE;
     free(v->name);
-    Buf_Destroy(v->val, destroy);
+    Buf_Destroy(&v->val, destroy);
     free(v);
     return TRUE;
 }
@@ -478,14 +478,14 @@ static void
 VarAdd(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt)
 {
     Var   	  *v;
-    int	    	  len;
+    int		  len;
     Hash_Entry    *h;
 
     v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
 
     len = val ? strlen(val) : 0;
-    v->val = Buf_Init(len+1);
-    Buf_AddBytes(v->val, len, (const Byte *)val);
+    Buf_Init(&v->val, len+1);
+    Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, val);
 
     v->flags = 0;
 
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ Var_Delete(const char *name, GNode *ctxt)
 	if (v->name != ln->name)
 		free(v->name);
 	Hash_DeleteEntry(&ctxt->context, ln);
-	Buf_Destroy(v->val, TRUE);
+	Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE);
 	free(v);
     }
 }
@@ -541,9 +541,10 @@ Var_Delete(const char *name, GNode *ctxt)
  * We ignore make internal variables (those which start with '.')
  * Also we jump through some hoops to avoid calling setenv
  * more than necessary since it can leak.
+ * We only manipulate flags of vars if 'parent' is set.
  */
 static int
-Var_Export1(const char *name, int force)
+Var_Export1(const char *name, int parent)
 {
     char tmp[BUFSIZ];
     Var *v;
@@ -568,40 +569,44 @@ Var_Export1(const char *name, int force)
 	}
     }
     v = VarFind(name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
-    if (v == (Var *)NIL) {
+    if (v == NULL) {
 	return 0;
     }
-    if (!force &&
+    if (!parent &&
 	(v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) {
 	return 0;			/* nothing to do */
     }
-    val = (char *)Buf_GetAll(v->val, NULL);
+    val = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL);
     if (strchr(val, '$')) {
-	/* Flag this as something we need to re-export */
-	v->flags |= (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT);
-	if (force) {
+	if (parent) {
 	    /*
+	     * Flag this as something we need to re-export.
 	     * No point actually exporting it now though,
 	     * the child can do it at the last minute.
 	     */
+	    v->flags |= (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT);
 	    return 1;
 	}
 	n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s}", name);
-	if (n < sizeof(tmp)) {
+	if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
 	    val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
 	    setenv(name, val, 1);
 	    free(val);
 	}
     } else {
-	v->flags &= ~VAR_REEXPORT;	/* once will do */
-	if (force || !(v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
+	if (parent) {
+	    v->flags &= ~VAR_REEXPORT;	/* once will do */
+	}
+	if (parent || !(v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
 	    setenv(name, val, 1);
 	}
     }
     /*
      * This is so Var_Set knows to call Var_Export again...
      */
-    v->flags |= VAR_EXPORTED;
+    if (parent) {
+	v->flags |= VAR_EXPORTED;
+    }
     return 1;
 }
 
@@ -637,12 +642,12 @@ Var_ExportVars(void)
      * We have a number of exported vars,
      */
     n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}");
-    if (n < sizeof(tmp)) {
+    if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
 	char **av;
 	char *as;
 	int ac;
 	int i;
-	
+
 	val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
 	av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as);
 	for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
@@ -693,7 +698,7 @@ Var_Export(char *str, int isExport)
 		continue;
 	    }
 	}
-	if (Var_Export1(name, VAR_EXPORT_FORCE)) {
+	if (Var_Export1(name, VAR_EXPORT_PARENT)) {
 	    if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL != var_exportedVars)
 		var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_YES;
 	    if (isExport) {
@@ -738,20 +743,29 @@ void
 Var_Set(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
 {
     Var   *v;
-    const char *cp = name;
-    
+    char *expanded_name = NULL;
+
     /*
      * We only look for a variable in the given context since anything set
      * here will override anything in a lower context, so there's not much
      * point in searching them all just to save a bit of memory...
      */
-    if ((name = strchr(cp, '$'))) {
-	name = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, ctxt, 0);
-    } else
-	name = cp;
+    if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) {
+	expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, 0);
+	if (expanded_name[0] == 0) {
+	    if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Set(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) "
+			"name expands to empty string - ignored\n",
+			name, val);
+	    }
+	    free(expanded_name);
+	    return;
+	}
+	name = expanded_name;
+    }
     if (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) {
 	v = VarFind(name, VAR_CMD, 0);
-	if (v != (Var *)NIL) {
+	if (v != NULL) {
 	    if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_CMD)) {
 		if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
 		    fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s ignored!\n", ctxt->name, name, val);
@@ -762,17 +776,17 @@ Var_Set(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
 	}
     }
     v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
-    if (v == (Var *)NIL) {
+    if (v == NULL) {
 	VarAdd(name, val, ctxt);
     } else {
-	Buf_Discard(v->val, Buf_Size(v->val));
-	Buf_AddBytes(v->val, strlen(val), (const Byte *)val);
+	Buf_Empty(&v->val);
+	Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val);
 
 	if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val);
 	}
 	if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
-	    Var_Export1(name, VAR_EXPORT_FORCE);
+	    Var_Export1(name, VAR_EXPORT_PARENT);
 	}
     }
     /*
@@ -780,11 +794,12 @@ Var_Set(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
      * to the environment (as per POSIX standard)
      */
     if (ctxt == VAR_CMD && (flags & VAR_NO_EXPORT) == 0) {
-	if (v == (Var *)NIL) {
+	if (v == NULL) {
 	    /* we just added it */
 	    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
 	}
-	v->flags |= VAR_FROM_CMD;
+	if (v != NULL)
+	    v->flags |= VAR_FROM_CMD;
 	/*
 	 * If requested, don't export these in the environment
 	 * individually.  We still put them in MAKEOVERRIDES so
@@ -796,10 +811,27 @@ Var_Set(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
 
 	Var_Append(MAKEOVERRIDES, name, VAR_GLOBAL);
     }
+    /*
+     * Another special case.
+     * Several make's support this sort of mechanism for tracking
+     * recursion - but each uses a different name.
+     * We allow the makefiles to update .MAKE.LEVEL and ensure
+     * children see a correctly incremented value.
+     */
+    if (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL && strcmp(MAKE_LEVEL, name) == 0) {
+	char tmp[64];
+	int level;
+	
+	level = atoi(val);
+	snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", level + 1);
+	setenv(MAKE_LEVEL, tmp, 1);
+    }
+	
+	
  out:
-    if (name != cp)
-	free(UNCONST(name));
-    if (v != (Var *)NIL)
+    if (expanded_name != NULL)
+	free(expanded_name);
+    if (v != NULL)
 	VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
 }
 
@@ -835,24 +867,33 @@ Var_Append(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt)
 {
     Var		   *v;
     Hash_Entry	   *h;
-    const char *cp = name;
+    char *expanded_name = NULL;
+
+    if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) {
+	expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, 0);
+	if (expanded_name[0] == 0) {
+	    if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Append(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) "
+			"name expands to empty string - ignored\n",
+			name, val);
+	    }
+	    free(expanded_name);
+	    return;
+	}
+	name = expanded_name;
+    }
 
-    if ((name = strchr(cp, '$'))) {
-	name = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, ctxt, 0);
-    } else
-	name = cp;
-    
     v = VarFind(name, ctxt, (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) ? FIND_ENV : 0);
 
-    if (v == (Var *)NIL) {
+    if (v == NULL) {
 	VarAdd(name, val, ctxt);
     } else {
-	Buf_AddByte(v->val, (Byte)' ');
-	Buf_AddBytes(v->val, strlen(val), (const Byte *)val);
+	Buf_AddByte(&v->val, ' ');
+	Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val);
 
 	if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
 	    fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name,
-		   (char *)Buf_GetAll(v->val, NULL));
+		   Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
 	}
 
 	if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) {
@@ -867,8 +908,8 @@ Var_Append(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt)
 	    Hash_SetValue(h, v);
 	}
     }
-    if (name != cp)
-	free(UNCONST(name));
+    if (expanded_name != NULL)
+	free(expanded_name);
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -891,7 +932,7 @@ Var_Append(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt)
 Boolean
 Var_Exists(const char *name, GNode *ctxt)
 {
-    Var	    	  *v;
+    Var		  *v;
     char          *cp;
 
     if ((cp = strchr(name, '$')) != NULL) {
@@ -901,7 +942,7 @@ Var_Exists(const char *name, GNode *ctxt)
     if (cp != NULL) {
 	free(cp);
     }
-    if (v == (Var *)NIL) {
+    if (v == NULL) {
 	return(FALSE);
     } else {
 	(void)VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
@@ -932,13 +973,13 @@ Var_Value(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, char **frp)
 
     v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
     *frp = NULL;
-    if (v != (Var *)NIL) {
-	char *p = ((char *)Buf_GetAll(v->val, NULL));
+    if (v != NULL) {
+	char *p = (Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
 	if (VarFreeEnv(v, FALSE))
 	    *frp = p;
 	return p;
     } else {
-	return (NULL);
+	return NULL;
     }
 }
 
@@ -965,8 +1006,8 @@ Var_Value(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, char **frp)
  */
 static Boolean
 VarHead(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
-	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer buf,
-	ClientData dummy)
+	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	void *dummy)
 {
     char *slash;
 
@@ -976,7 +1017,7 @@ VarHead(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
 	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
 	}
 	*slash = '\0';
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), (Byte *)word);
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
 	*slash = '/';
 	return (TRUE);
     } else {
@@ -985,7 +1026,7 @@ VarHead(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
 	 */
 	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace)
 	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
-	Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)'.');
+	Buf_AddByte(buf, '.');
     }
     return(dummy ? TRUE : TRUE);
 }
@@ -1013,8 +1054,8 @@ VarHead(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
  */
 static Boolean
 VarTail(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
-	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer buf,
-	ClientData dummy)
+	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	void *dummy)
 {
     char *slash;
 
@@ -1025,10 +1066,10 @@ VarTail(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
     slash = strrchr(word, '/');
     if (slash != NULL) {
 	*slash++ = '\0';
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(slash), (Byte *)slash);
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(slash), slash);
 	slash[-1] = '/';
     } else {
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), (Byte *)word);
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
     }
     return (dummy ? TRUE : TRUE);
 }
@@ -1055,8 +1096,8 @@ VarTail(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
  */
 static Boolean
 VarSuffix(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
-	  char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer buf,
-	  ClientData dummy)
+	  char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	  void *dummy)
 {
     char *dot;
 
@@ -1066,7 +1107,7 @@ VarSuffix(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
 	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
 	}
 	*dot++ = '\0';
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(dot), (Byte *)dot);
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(dot), dot);
 	dot[-1] = '.';
 	addSpace = TRUE;
     }
@@ -1096,8 +1137,8 @@ VarSuffix(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
  */
 static Boolean
 VarRoot(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
-	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer buf,
-	ClientData dummy)
+	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	void *dummy)
 {
     char *dot;
 
@@ -1108,10 +1149,10 @@ VarRoot(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
     dot = strrchr(word, '.');
     if (dot != NULL) {
 	*dot = '\0';
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), (Byte *)word);
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
 	*dot = '.';
     } else {
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), (Byte *)word);
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
     }
     return (dummy ? TRUE : TRUE);
 }
@@ -1140,15 +1181,17 @@ VarRoot(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
  */
 static Boolean
 VarMatch(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
-	 char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer buf,
-	 ClientData pattern)
+	 char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	 void *pattern)
 {
+    if (DEBUG(VAR))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "VarMatch [%s] [%s]\n", word, (char *)pattern);
     if (Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) {
 	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
 	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
 	}
 	addSpace = TRUE;
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), (Byte *)word);
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
     }
     return(addSpace);
 }
@@ -1179,8 +1222,8 @@ VarMatch(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
  */
 static Boolean
 VarSYSVMatch(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
-	     char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer buf,
-	     ClientData patp)
+	     char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	     void *patp)
 {
     int len;
     char *ptr;
@@ -1197,7 +1240,7 @@ VarSYSVMatch(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
 	Str_SYSVSubst(buf, varexp, ptr, len);
 	free(varexp);
     } else {
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), (Byte *)word);
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
     }
 
     return(addSpace);
@@ -1229,15 +1272,15 @@ VarSYSVMatch(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
  */
 static Boolean
 VarNoMatch(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
-	   char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer buf,
-	   ClientData pattern)
+	   char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	   void *pattern)
 {
     if (!Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) {
 	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
 	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
 	}
 	addSpace = TRUE;
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), (Byte *)word);
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
     }
     return(addSpace);
 }
@@ -1266,8 +1309,8 @@ VarNoMatch(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
  */
 static Boolean
 VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
-	      char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer buf,
-	      ClientData patternp)
+	      char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	      void *patternp)
 {
     int  	wordLen;    /* Length of word */
     char 	*cp;	    /* General pointer */
@@ -1297,8 +1340,7 @@ VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
 				Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
 			    }
 			    addSpace = TRUE;
-			    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen,
-					 (const Byte *)pattern->rhs);
+			    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
 			}
 			pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
 		} else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) {
@@ -1316,10 +1358,9 @@ VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
 			}
 			addSpace = TRUE;
 		    }
-		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen,
-			(const Byte *)pattern->rhs);
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
 		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen - pattern->leftLen,
-				 (Byte *)(word + pattern->leftLen));
+				 (word + pattern->leftLen));
 		    pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
 		}
 	} else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) {
@@ -1349,9 +1390,8 @@ VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
 		    }
 		    addSpace = TRUE;
 		}
-		Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp - word, (const Byte *)word);
-		Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen,
-		    (const Byte *)pattern->rhs);
+		Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp - word, word);
+		Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
 		pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
 	    } else {
 		/*
@@ -1383,9 +1423,8 @@ VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
 			Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
 			addSpace = FALSE;
 		    }
-		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp-word, (const Byte *)word);
-		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen,
-			(const Byte *)pattern->rhs);
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp-word, word);
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
 		    wordLen -= (cp - word) + pattern->leftLen;
 		    word = cp + pattern->leftLen;
 		    if (wordLen == 0) {
@@ -1403,7 +1442,7 @@ VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
 		if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
 		    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
 		}
-		Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, (Byte *)word);
+		Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word);
 	    }
 	    /*
 	     * If added characters to the buffer, need to add a space
@@ -1418,7 +1457,7 @@ VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
     if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
 	Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
     }
-    Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, (Byte *)word);
+    Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word);
     return(TRUE);
 }
 
@@ -1466,8 +1505,8 @@ VarREError(int errnum, regex_t *pat, const char *str)
  */
 static Boolean
 VarRESubstitute(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate __unused,
-		char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer buf,
-		ClientData patternp)
+		char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+		void *patternp)
 {
     VarREPattern *pat;
     int xrv;
@@ -1606,8 +1645,8 @@ VarRESubstitute(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate __unused,
  */
 static Boolean
 VarLoopExpand(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate __unused,
-	      char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer buf,
-	      ClientData loopp)
+	      char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	      void *loopp)
 {
     VarLoop_t	*loop = (VarLoop_t *)loopp;
     char *s;
@@ -1619,7 +1658,7 @@ VarLoopExpand(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate __unused,
         if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') {
             if (addSpace && *s != '\n')
                 Buf_AddByte(buf, ' ');
-            Buf_AddBytes(buf, (slen = strlen(s)), (Byte *)s);
+            Buf_AddBytes(buf, (slen = strlen(s)), s);
             addSpace = (slen > 0 && s[slen - 1] != '\n');
             free(s);
         }
@@ -1651,7 +1690,7 @@ static char *
 VarSelectWords(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
 	       const char *str, VarSelectWords_t *seldata)
 {
-    Buffer  	  buf;	    	    /* Buffer for the new string */
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for the new string */
     Boolean 	  addSpace; 	    /* TRUE if need to add a space to the
 				     * buffer before adding the trimmed
 				     * word */
@@ -1659,8 +1698,8 @@ VarSelectWords(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
     char *as;			    /* word list memory */
     int ac, i;
     int start, end, step;
-    
-    buf = Buf_Init(0);
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
     addSpace = FALSE;
 
     if (vpstate->oneBigWord) {
@@ -1703,9 +1742,9 @@ VarSelectWords(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
 	 i += step) {
 	if (av[i] && *av[i]) {
 	    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
-		Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, vpstate->varSpace);
 	    }
-	    Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(av[i]), (Byte *)av[i]);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
 	    addSpace = TRUE;
 	}
     }
@@ -1713,10 +1752,7 @@ VarSelectWords(GNode *ctx __unused, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
     free(as);
     free(av);
 
-    Buf_AddByte(buf, '\0');
-    as = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, NULL);
-    Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
-    return (as);
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -1742,10 +1778,10 @@ static char *
 VarModify(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
     const char *str,
     Boolean (*modProc)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *,
-		       Boolean, Buffer, ClientData),
-    ClientData datum)
+		       Boolean, Buffer *, void *),
+    void *datum)
 {
-    Buffer  	  buf;	    	    /* Buffer for the new string */
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for the new string */
     Boolean 	  addSpace; 	    /* TRUE if need to add a space to the
 				     * buffer before adding the trimmed
 				     * word */
@@ -1753,7 +1789,7 @@ VarModify(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
     char *as;			    /* word list memory */
     int ac, i;
 
-    buf = Buf_Init(0);
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
     addSpace = FALSE;
 
     if (vpstate->oneBigWord) {
@@ -1768,16 +1804,13 @@ VarModify(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
     }
 
     for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
-	addSpace = (*modProc)(ctx, vpstate, av[i], addSpace, buf, datum);
+	addSpace = (*modProc)(ctx, vpstate, av[i], addSpace, &buf, datum);
     }
 
     free(as);
     free(av);
 
-    Buf_AddByte(buf, '\0');
-    as = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, NULL);
-    Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
-    return (as);
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
 }
 
 
@@ -1808,12 +1841,12 @@ VarWordCompare(const void *a, const void *b)
 static char *
 VarOrder(const char *str, const char otype)
 {
-    Buffer  	  buf;	    	    /* Buffer for the new string */
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for the new string */
     char **av;			    /* word list [first word does not count] */
     char *as;			    /* word list memory */
     int ac, i;
 
-    buf = Buf_Init(0);
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
 
     av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
 
@@ -1845,18 +1878,15 @@ VarOrder(const char *str, const char otype)
 	} /* end of switch */
 
     for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(av[i]), (Byte *)av[i]);
+	Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
 	if (i != ac - 1)
-	    Buf_AddByte(buf, ' ');
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
     }
 
     free(as);
     free(av);
 
-    Buf_AddByte(buf, '\0');
-    as = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, NULL);
-    Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
-    return (as);
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
 }
 
 
@@ -1879,12 +1909,12 @@ VarOrder(const char *str, const char otype)
 static char *
 VarUniq(const char *str)
 {
-    Buffer	  buf;	    	    /* Buffer for new string */
+    Buffer	  buf;		    /* Buffer for new string */
     char 	**av;		    /* List of words to affect */
     char 	 *as;		    /* Word list memory */
     int 	  ac, i, j;
 
-    buf = Buf_Init(0);
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
     av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
 
     if (ac > 1) {
@@ -1895,18 +1925,15 @@ VarUniq(const char *str)
     }
 
     for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
-	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(av[i]), (Byte *)av[i]);
+	Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
 	if (i != ac - 1)
-	    Buf_AddByte(buf, ' ');
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
     }
 
     free(as);
     free(av);
 
-    Buf_AddByte(buf, '\0');
-    as = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, NULL);
-    Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
-    return as;
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
 }
 
 
@@ -1938,8 +1965,11 @@ VarGetPattern(GNode *ctxt, Var_Parse_State *vpstate __unused,
 	      int *length, VarPattern *pattern)
 {
     const char *cp;
-    Buffer buf = Buf_Init(0);
+    char *rstr;
+    Buffer buf;
     int junk;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
     if (length == NULL)
 	length = &junk;
 
@@ -1955,12 +1985,12 @@ VarGetPattern(GNode *ctxt, Var_Parse_State *vpstate __unused,
      */
     for (cp = *tstr; *cp && (*cp != delim); cp++) {
 	if (IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim)) {
-	    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)cp[1]);
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]);
 	    cp++;
 	} else if (*cp == '$') {
 	    if (cp[1] == delim) {
 		if (flags == NULL)
-		    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*cp);
+		    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
 		else
 		    /*
 		     * Unescaped $ at end of pattern => anchor
@@ -1979,7 +2009,7 @@ VarGetPattern(GNode *ctxt, Var_Parse_State *vpstate __unused,
 		     * substitution and recurse.
 		     */
 		    cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, errnum, &len, &freeIt);
-		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(cp2), (Byte *)cp2);
+		    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
 		    if (freeIt)
 			free(freeIt);
 		    cp += len - 1;
@@ -2004,34 +2034,31 @@ VarGetPattern(GNode *ctxt, Var_Parse_State *vpstate __unused,
 				    --depth;
 			    }
 			}
-			Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp2 - cp, (const Byte *)cp);
+			Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cp2 - cp, cp);
 			cp = --cp2;
 		    } else
-			Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*cp);
+			Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
 		}
 	    }
 	}
 	else if (pattern && *cp == '&')
-	    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->leftLen, (const Byte *)pattern->lhs);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, pattern->leftLen, pattern->lhs);
 	else
-	    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*cp);
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
     }
 
-    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)'\0');
-
     if (*cp != delim) {
 	*tstr = cp;
 	*length = 0;
 	return NULL;
     }
-    else {
-	char *rstr;
-	*tstr = ++cp;
-	rstr = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, length);
-	*length -= 1;	/* Don't count the NULL */
-	Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
-	return rstr;
-    }
+
+    *tstr = ++cp;
+    *length = Buf_Size(&buf);
+    rstr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+    if (DEBUG(VAR))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Modifier pattern: \"%s\"\n", rstr);
+    return rstr;
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -2061,23 +2088,23 @@ VarQuote(char *str)
 	    newline = "\\\n";
     nlen = strlen(newline);
 
-    buf = Buf_Init(0);
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
     while (*str != '\0') {
 	if ((len = strcspn(str, meta)) != 0) {
-	    Buf_AddBytes(buf, len, str);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, len, str);
 	    str += len;
 	} else if (*str == '\n') {
-	    Buf_AddBytes(buf, nlen, newline);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, nlen, newline);
 	    ++str;
 	} else {
-	    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)'\\');
-	    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*str);
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, '\\');
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
 	    ++str;
 	}
     }
-    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)'\0');
-    str = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, NULL);
-    Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
+    str = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+    if (DEBUG(VAR))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "QuoteMeta: [%s]\n", str);
     return str;
 }
 
@@ -2105,99 +2132,96 @@ VarChangeCase(char *str, int upper)
    int            (*modProc)(int);
 
    modProc = (upper ? toupper : tolower);
-   buf = Buf_Init(0);
+   Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
    for (; *str ; str++) {
-       Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)modProc(*str));
+       Buf_AddByte(&buf, modProc(*str));
    }
-   Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)'\0');
-   str = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, NULL);
-   Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
-   return str;
+   return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
 }
 
 /*
  * Now we need to apply any modifiers the user wants applied.
  * These are:
  *  	  :M<pattern>	words which match the given <pattern>.
- *  	  	    	<pattern> is of the standard file
- *  	  	    	wildcarding form.
+ *  			<pattern> is of the standard file
+ *  			wildcarding form.
  *  	  :N<pattern>	words which do not match the given <pattern>.
  *  	  :S<d><pat1><d><pat2><d>[1gW]
- *  	  	    	Substitute <pat2> for <pat1> in the value
+ *  			Substitute <pat2> for <pat1> in the value
  *  	  :C<d><pat1><d><pat2><d>[1gW]
- *  	  	    	Substitute <pat2> for regex <pat1> in the value
- *  	  :H	    	Substitute the head of each word
- *  	  :T	    	Substitute the tail of each word
- *  	  :E	    	Substitute the extension (minus '.') of
- *  	  	    	each word
- *  	  :R	    	Substitute the root of each word
- *  	  	    	(pathname minus the suffix).
- *		  :O		("Order") Alphabeticaly sort words in variable.
- *		  :Ox		("intermiX") Randomize words in variable.
- *		  :u		("uniq") Remove adjacent duplicate words.
- *		  :tu		Converts the variable contents to uppercase.
- *		  :tl		Converts the variable contents to lowercase.
- *		  :ts[c]	Sets varSpace - the char used to
- *				separate words to 'c'. If 'c' is
- *				omitted then no separation is used.
- *		  :tW		Treat the variable contents as a single
- *				word, even if it contains spaces.
- *				(Mnemonic: one big 'W'ord.)
- *		  :tw		Treat the variable contents as multiple
- *				space-separated words.
- *				(Mnemonic: many small 'w'ords.)
- *		  :[index]	Select a single word from the value.
- *		  :[start..end]	Select multiple words from the value.
- *		  :[*] or :[0]	Select the entire value, as a single
- *				word.  Equivalent to :tW.
- *		  :[@]		Select the entire value, as multiple
- *				words.	Undoes the effect of :[*].
- *				Equivalent to :tw.
- *		  :[#]		Returns the number of words in the value.
- *
- *		  :?<true-value>:<false-value>
- *				If the variable evaluates to true, return
- *				true value, else return the second value.
- *	    	  :lhs=rhs  	Like :S, but the rhs goes to the end of
- *	    	    	    	the invocation.
- *		  :sh		Treat the current value as a command
- *				to be run, new value is its output.
+ *  			Substitute <pat2> for regex <pat1> in the value
+ *  	  :H		Substitute the head of each word
+ *  	  :T		Substitute the tail of each word
+ *  	  :E		Substitute the extension (minus '.') of
+ *  			each word
+ *  	  :R		Substitute the root of each word
+ *  			(pathname minus the suffix).
+ *	  :O		("Order") Alphabeticaly sort words in variable.
+ *	  :Ox		("intermiX") Randomize words in variable.
+ *	  :u		("uniq") Remove adjacent duplicate words.
+ *	  :tu		Converts the variable contents to uppercase.
+ *	  :tl		Converts the variable contents to lowercase.
+ *	  :ts[c]	Sets varSpace - the char used to
+ *			separate words to 'c'. If 'c' is
+ *			omitted then no separation is used.
+ *	  :tW		Treat the variable contents as a single
+ *			word, even if it contains spaces.
+ *			(Mnemonic: one big 'W'ord.)
+ *	  :tw		Treat the variable contents as multiple
+ *			space-separated words.
+ *			(Mnemonic: many small 'w'ords.)
+ *	  :[index]	Select a single word from the value.
+ *	  :[start..end]	Select multiple words from the value.
+ *	  :[*] or :[0]	Select the entire value, as a single
+ *			word.  Equivalent to :tW.
+ *	  :[@]		Select the entire value, as multiple
+ *			words.	Undoes the effect of :[*].
+ *			Equivalent to :tw.
+ *	  :[#]		Returns the number of words in the value.
+ *
+ *	  :?<true-value>:<false-value>
+ *			If the variable evaluates to true, return
+ *			true value, else return the second value.
+ *    	  :lhs=rhs  	Like :S, but the rhs goes to the end of
+ *    			the invocation.
+ *	  :sh		Treat the current value as a command
+ *			to be run, new value is its output.
  * The following added so we can handle ODE makefiles.
- *		  :@<tmpvar>@<newval>@
- *				Assign a temporary local variable <tmpvar>
- *				to the current value of each word in turn
- *				and replace each word with the result of
- *				evaluating <newval>
- *		  :D<newval>	Use <newval> as value if variable defined
- *		  :U<newval>	Use <newval> as value if variable undefined
- *		  :L		Use the name of the variable as the value.
- *		  :P		Use the path of the node that has the same
- *				name as the variable as the value.  This
- *				basically includes an implied :L so that
- *				the common method of refering to the path
- *				of your dependent 'x' in a rule is to use
- *				the form '${x:P}'.
- *		  :!<cmd>!	Run cmd much the same as :sh run's the
- *				current value of the variable.
+ *	  :@<tmpvar>@<newval>@
+ *			Assign a temporary local variable <tmpvar>
+ *			to the current value of each word in turn
+ *			and replace each word with the result of
+ *			evaluating <newval>
+ *	  :D<newval>	Use <newval> as value if variable defined
+ *	  :U<newval>	Use <newval> as value if variable undefined
+ *	  :L		Use the name of the variable as the value.
+ *	  :P		Use the path of the node that has the same
+ *			name as the variable as the value.  This
+ *			basically includes an implied :L so that
+ *			the common method of refering to the path
+ *			of your dependent 'x' in a rule is to use
+ *			the form '${x:P}'.
+ *	  :!<cmd>!	Run cmd much the same as :sh run's the
+ *			current value of the variable.
  * The ::= modifiers, actually assign a value to the variable.
  * Their main purpose is in supporting modifiers of .for loop
  * iterators and other obscure uses.  They always expand to
  * nothing.  In a target rule that would otherwise expand to an
  * empty line they can be preceded with @: to keep make happy.
  * Eg.
- * 
+ *
  * foo:	.USE
  * .for i in ${.TARGET} ${.TARGET:R}.gz
- * 		@: ${t::=$i}
- *		@echo blah ${t:T}
+ * 	@: ${t::=$i}
+ *	@echo blah ${t:T}
  * .endfor
- * 
- *		  ::=<str>	Assigns <str> as the new value of variable.
- *		  ::?=<str>	Assigns <str> as value of variable if
- *				it was not already set.
- *		  ::+=<str>	Appends <str> to variable.
- *		  ::!=<cmd>	Assigns output of <cmd> as the new value of
- *				variable.
+ *
+ *	  ::=<str>	Assigns <str> as the new value of variable.
+ *	  ::?=<str>	Assigns <str> as value of variable if
+ *			it was not already set.
+ *	  ::+=<str>	Appends <str> to variable.
+ *	  ::!=<cmd>	Assigns output of <cmd> as the new value of
+ *			variable.
  */
 
 static char *
@@ -2222,11 +2246,11 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
     parsestate.varSpace = ' ';	/* word separator */
 
     start = cp = tstr;
-    
+
     while (*tstr && *tstr != endc) {
 
 	if (*tstr == '$') {
-	    /* 
+	    /*
 	     * We have some complex modifiers in a variable.
 	     */
 	    void *freeIt;
@@ -2261,7 +2285,7 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 	    if (*tstr == ':')
 		tstr++;
 	    else if (!*tstr && endc) {
-		Error("Unclosed variable specification for %s", v->name);
+		Error("Unclosed variable specification after complex modifier (expecting '%c') for %s", endc, v->name);
 		goto out;
 	    }
 	    continue;
@@ -2285,6 +2309,9 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 		    VarPattern	pattern;
 		    int	how;
 
+		    if (v->name[0] == 0)
+			goto bad_modifier;
+
 		    v_ctxt = ctxt;
 		    sv_name = NULL;
 		    ++tstr;
@@ -2297,12 +2324,12 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 			v->name = bmake_strdup(v->name);
 		    } else if (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) {
 			Var *gv = VarFind(v->name, ctxt, 0);
-			if (gv == (Var *)NIL)
+			if (gv == NULL)
 			    v_ctxt = VAR_GLOBAL;
 			else
 			    VarFreeEnv(gv, TRUE);
 		    }
-			
+
 		    switch ((how = *tstr)) {
 		    case '+':
 		    case '?':
@@ -2401,7 +2428,7 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 		 * the delimiter (expand the variable substitution).
 		 * The result is left in the Buffer buf.
 		 */
-		buf = Buf_Init(0);
+		Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
 		for (cp = tstr + 1;
 		     *cp != endc && *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0';
 		     cp++) {
@@ -2411,7 +2438,7 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 			 (cp[1] == endc) ||
 			 (cp[1] == '\\')))
 			{
-			    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)cp[1]);
+			    Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]);
 			    cp++;
 			} else if (*cp == '$') {
 			    /*
@@ -2423,15 +2450,14 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 			    void    *freeIt;
 
 			    cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, errnum, &len, &freeIt);
-			    Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(cp2), (Byte *)cp2);
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
 			    if (freeIt)
 				free(freeIt);
 			    cp += len - 1;
 			} else {
-			    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*cp);
+			    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
 			}
 		}
-		Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)'\0');
 
 		termc = *cp;
 
@@ -2442,11 +2468,10 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 		if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0)
 		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
 		if (wantit) {
-		    newStr = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, NULL);
-		    Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
+		    newStr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
 		} else {
 		    newStr = nstr;
-		    Buf_Destroy(buf, TRUE);
+		    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
 		}
 		break;
 	    }
@@ -2462,11 +2487,11 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 	case 'P':
 	    {
 		GNode *gn;
-		    
+
 		if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0)
 		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
 		gn = Targ_FindNode(v->name, TARG_NOCREATE);
-		if (gn == NILGNODE || gn->type & OP_NOPATH) {
+		if (gn == NULL || gn->type & OP_NOPATH) {
 		    newStr = NULL;
 		} else if (gn->path) {
 		    newStr = bmake_strdup(gn->path);
@@ -2515,7 +2540,7 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 		 * which we must free().
 		 */
 		char *estr;
-		    
+
 		cp = tstr+1; /* point to char after '[' */
 		delim = ']'; /* look for closing ']' */
 		estr = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
@@ -2678,7 +2703,7 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 			    default:
 				if (isdigit((unsigned char)tstr[3])) {
 				    char *ep;
-					
+
 				    parsestate.varSpace =
 					strtoul(&tstr[3], &ep, 0);
 				    if (*ep != ':' && *ep != endc)
@@ -2755,9 +2780,11 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 		const char *endpat; /* points just after end of pattern */
 		char    *cp2;
 		Boolean copy;	/* pattern should be, or has been, copied */
+		Boolean needSubst;
 		int nest;
 
 		copy = FALSE;
+		needSubst = FALSE;
 		nest = 1;
 		/*
 		 * In the loop below, ignore ':' unless we are at
@@ -2772,13 +2799,18 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 			if (*cp == '\\' &&
 			    (cp[1] == ':' ||
 			     cp[1] == endc || cp[1] == startc)) {
-			    copy = TRUE;
+			    if (!needSubst) {
+				copy = TRUE;
+			    }
 			    cp++;
 			    continue;
 			}
-			if (*cp == startc)
+			if (*cp == '$') {
+			    needSubst = TRUE;
+			}
+			if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{')
 			    ++nest;
-			if (*cp == endc) {
+			if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') {
 			    --nest;
 			    if (nest == 0)
 				break;
@@ -2813,29 +2845,27 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 		     * nul-terminated string soon, so construct one now.
 		     */
 		    pattern = bmake_strndup(tstr+1, endpat - (tstr + 1));
-		    copy = TRUE;
 		}
-		if (strchr(pattern, '$') != NULL) {
+		if (needSubst) {
 		    /*
 		     * pattern contains embedded '$', so use Var_Subst to
 		     * expand it.
 		     */
 		    cp2 = pattern;
 		    pattern = Var_Subst(NULL, cp2, ctxt, errnum);
-		    if (copy)
-			free(cp2);
-		    copy = TRUE;
+		    free(cp2);
 		}
-		if (*tstr == 'M' || *tstr == 'm') {
+		if (DEBUG(VAR))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "Pattern for [%s] is [%s]\n", nstr,
+			pattern);
+		if (*tstr == 'M') {
 		    newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarMatch,
 				       pattern);
 		} else {
 		    newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarNoMatch,
 				       pattern);
 		}
-		if (copy) {
-		    free(pattern);
-		}
+		free(pattern);
 		break;
 	    }
 	case 'S':
@@ -2903,7 +2933,7 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 		free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
 		delim = '\0';
 		break;
-	    }	
+	    }
 	case '?':
 	    {
 		VarPattern 	pattern;
@@ -2931,7 +2961,7 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 
 		termc = *--cp;
 		delim = '\0';
-		if (Cond_EvalExpression(1, v->name, &value, 0)
+		if (Cond_EvalExpression(NULL, v->name, &value, 0)
 		    == COND_INVALID) {
 		    Error("Bad conditional expression `%s' in %s?%s:%s",
 			  v->name, v->name, pattern.lhs, pattern.rhs);
@@ -3104,7 +3134,7 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 	    goto default_case;
 #endif
 	default:
-	default_case: 
+	default_case:
 	{
 #ifdef SYSVVARSUB
 	    /*
@@ -3143,7 +3173,7 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 		 */
 		delim='=';
 		cp = tstr;
-		if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, 
+		if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
 						 errnum, &cp, delim, &pattern.flags,
 						 &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL)
 		    goto cleanup;
@@ -3192,7 +3222,7 @@ ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
 	    }
 	}
 	if (termc == '\0' && endc != '\0') {
-	    Error("Unclosed variable specification for %s", v->name);
+	    Error("Unclosed variable specification (expecting '%c') for \"%s\" (value \"%s\") modifier %c", endc, v->name, nstr, modifier);
 	} else if (termc == ':') {
 	    cp++;
 	}
@@ -3252,11 +3282,11 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
 	  void **freePtr)
 {
     const char	   *tstr;    	/* Pointer into str */
-    Var	    	   *v;	    	/* Variable in invocation */
+    Var		   *v;		/* Variable in invocation */
     Boolean 	    haveModifier;/* TRUE if have modifiers for the variable */
     char	    endc;    	/* Ending character when variable in parens
 				 * or braces */
-    char	    startc=0;	/* Starting character when variable in parens
+    char	    startc;	/* Starting character when variable in parens
 				 * or braces */
     int		    vlen;	/* Length of variable name */
     const char 	   *start;	/* Points to original start of str */
@@ -3266,6 +3296,7 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
 				 * is done to support dynamic sources. The
 				 * result is just the invocation, unaltered */
     Var_Parse_State parsestate; /* Flags passed to helper functions */
+    char	  name[2];
 
     *freePtr = NULL;
     dynamic = FALSE;
@@ -3273,19 +3304,24 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
     parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE;
     parsestate.varSpace = ' ';	/* word separator */
 
-    if (str[1] != PROPEN && str[1] != BROPEN) {
+    startc = str[1];
+    if (startc != PROPEN && startc != BROPEN) {
 	/*
 	 * If it's not bounded by braces of some sort, life is much simpler.
 	 * We just need to check for the first character and return the
 	 * value if it exists.
 	 */
-	char	  name[2];
 
-	name[0] = str[1];
+	/* Error out some really stupid names */
+	if (startc == '\0' || strchr(")}:$", startc)) {
+	    *lengthPtr = 1;
+	    return var_Error;
+	}
+	name[0] = startc;
 	name[1] = '\0';
 
 	v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
-	if (v == (Var *)NIL) {
+	if (v == NULL) {
 	    *lengthPtr = 2;
 
 	    if ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)) {
@@ -3318,15 +3354,11 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
 	    tstr = &str[1];
 	    endc = str[1];
 	}
-    } else if (str[1] == '\0') {
-	*lengthPtr = 1;
-	return (errnum ? var_Error : varNoError);
     } else {
 	Buffer buf;	/* Holds the variable name */
 
-	startc = str[1];
 	endc = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE;
-	buf = Buf_Init(0);
+	Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
 
 	/*
 	 * Skip to the end character or a colon, whichever comes first.
@@ -3343,14 +3375,14 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
 		void *freeIt;
 		char *rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, errnum, &rlen, &freeIt);
 		if (rval != NULL) {
-		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(rval), (Byte *)rval);
+		    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(rval), rval);
 		}
 		if (freeIt)
 		    free(freeIt);
 		tstr += rlen - 1;
 	    }
 	    else
-		Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*tstr);
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *tstr);
 	}
 	if (*tstr == ':') {
 	    haveModifier = TRUE;
@@ -3363,12 +3395,10 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
 	     * the end of the string, since that's what make does.
 	     */
 	    *lengthPtr = tstr - str;
-	    Buf_Destroy(buf, TRUE);
+	    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
 	    return (var_Error);
 	}
-	Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)'\0');
-	str = Buf_GetAll(buf, NULL);
-	vlen = strlen(str);
+	str = Buf_GetAll(&buf, &vlen);
 
 	/*
 	 * At this point, str points into newly allocated memory from
@@ -3382,65 +3412,50 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
 	 */
 
 	v = VarFind(str, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
-	if ((v == (Var *)NIL) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) &&
-	    (vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D'))
-	{
+	/*
+	 * Check also for bogus D and F forms of local variables since we're
+	 * in a local context and the name is the right length.
+	 */
+	if ((v == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) &&
+		(vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D') &&
+		strchr("@%*!<>", str[0]) != NULL) {
 	    /*
-	     * Check for bogus D and F forms of local variables since we're
-	     * in a local context and the name is the right length.
+	     * Well, it's local -- go look for it.
 	     */
-	    switch(*str) {
-		case '@':
-		case '%':
-		case '*':
-		case '!':
-		case '>':
-		case '<':
-		{
-		    char    vname[2];
-		    char    *val;
-
-		    /*
-		     * Well, it's local -- go look for it.
-		     */
-		    vname[0] = *str;
-		    vname[1] = '\0';
-		    v = VarFind(vname, ctxt, 0);
+	    name[0] = *str;
+	    name[1] = '\0';
+	    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
 
-		    if (v != (Var *)NIL) {
-			/*
-			 * No need for nested expansion or anything, as we're
-			 * the only one who sets these things and we sure don't
-			 * but nested invocations in them...
-			 */
-			val = (char *)Buf_GetAll(v->val, NULL);
+	    if (v != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * No need for nested expansion or anything, as we're
+		 * the only one who sets these things and we sure don't
+		 * but nested invocations in them...
+		 */
+		nstr = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL);
 
-			if (str[1] == 'D') {
-			    val = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, val, VarHead,
-					    NULL);
-			} else {
-			    val = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, val, VarTail,
-					    NULL);
-			}
-			/*
-			 * Resulting string is dynamically allocated, so
-			 * tell caller to free it.
-			 */
-			*freePtr = val;
-			*lengthPtr = tstr-start+1;
-			Buf_Destroy(buf, TRUE);
-			VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
-			return(val);
-		    }
-		    break;
+		if (str[1] == 'D') {
+		    nstr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarHead,
+				    NULL);
+		} else {
+		    nstr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarTail,
+				    NULL);
 		}
+		/*
+		 * Resulting string is dynamically allocated, so
+		 * tell caller to free it.
+		 */
+		*freePtr = nstr;
+		*lengthPtr = tstr-start+1;
+		Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+		VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+		return nstr;
 	    }
 	}
 
-	if (v == (Var *)NIL) {
+	if (v == NULL) {
 	    if (((vlen == 1) ||
-		 (((vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' ||
-					 str[1] == 'D')))) &&
+		 (((vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D')))) &&
 		((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)))
 	    {
 		/*
@@ -3485,10 +3500,10 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
 		if (dynamic) {
 		    char *pstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr);
 		    *freePtr = pstr;
-		    Buf_Destroy(buf, TRUE);
+		    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
 		    return(pstr);
 		} else {
-		    Buf_Destroy(buf, TRUE);
+		    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
 		    return (errnum ? var_Error : varNoError);
 		}
 	    } else {
@@ -3498,12 +3513,12 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
 		 */
 		v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
 		v->name = UNCONST(str);
-		v->val = Buf_Init(1);
+		Buf_Init(&v->val, 1);
 		v->flags = VAR_JUNK;
-		Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
+		Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
 	    }
 	} else
-	    Buf_Destroy(buf, TRUE);
+	    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
     }
 
     if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) {
@@ -3521,7 +3536,7 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
      * been dynamically-allocated, so it will need freeing when we
      * return.
      */
-    nstr = (char *)Buf_GetAll(v->val, NULL);
+    nstr = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL);
     if (strchr(nstr, '$') != NULL) {
 	nstr = Var_Subst(NULL, nstr, ctxt, errnum);
 	*freePtr = nstr;
@@ -3549,7 +3564,7 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
     if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) {
 	Boolean	  destroy = FALSE;
 
-	if (nstr != (char *)Buf_GetAll(v->val, NULL)) {
+	if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)) {
 	    destroy = TRUE;
 	} else {
 	    /*
@@ -3577,8 +3592,8 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
 		nstr = var_Error;
 	    }
 	}
-	if (nstr != (char *)Buf_GetAll(v->val, NULL))
-	    Buf_Destroy(v->val, TRUE);
+	if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL))
+	    Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE);
 	free(v->name);
 	free(v);
     }
@@ -3608,22 +3623,22 @@ Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
 char *
 Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean undefErr)
 {
-    Buffer  	  buf;	    	    /* Buffer for forming things */
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for forming things */
     char    	  *val;		    /* Value to substitute for a variable */
-    int	    	  length;   	    /* Length of the variable invocation */
+    int		  length;   	    /* Length of the variable invocation */
     Boolean	  trailingBslash;   /* variable ends in \ */
     void 	  *freeIt = NULL;    /* Set if it should be freed */
     static Boolean errorReported;   /* Set true if an error has already
 				     * been reported to prevent a plethora
 				     * of messages when recursing */
 
-    buf = Buf_Init(0);
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
     errorReported = FALSE;
     trailingBslash = FALSE;
 
     while (*str) {
 	if (*str == '\n' && trailingBslash)
-	    Buf_AddByte(buf, ' ');
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
 	if (var == NULL && (*str == '$') && (str[1] == '$')) {
 	    /*
 	     * A dollar sign may be escaped either with another dollar sign.
@@ -3631,7 +3646,7 @@ Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean undefErr)
 	     * dollar sign into the buffer directly.
 	     */
 	    str++;
-	    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*str);
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
 	    str++;
 	} else if (*str != '$') {
 	    /*
@@ -3642,19 +3657,19 @@ Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean undefErr)
 
 	    for (cp = str++; *str != '$' && *str != '\0'; str++)
 		continue;
-	    Buf_AddBytes(buf, str - cp, (const Byte *)cp);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, str - cp, cp);
 	} else {
 	    if (var != NULL) {
 		int expand;
 		for (;;) {
 		    if (str[1] == '\0') {
 			/* A trailing $ is kind of a special case */
-			Buf_AddByte(buf, str[0]);
+			Buf_AddByte(&buf, str[0]);
 			str++;
 			expand = FALSE;
 		    } else if (str[1] != PROPEN && str[1] != BROPEN) {
 			if (str[1] != *var || strlen(var) > 1) {
-			    Buf_AddBytes(buf, 2, (const Byte *)str);
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, 2, str);
 			    str += 2;
 			    expand = FALSE;
 			}
@@ -3678,7 +3693,7 @@ Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean undefErr)
 			 * the nested one
 			 */
 			if (*p == '$') {
-			    Buf_AddBytes(buf, p - str, (const Byte *)str);
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str);
 			    str = p;
 			    continue;
 			}
@@ -3691,7 +3706,7 @@ Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean undefErr)
 			     */
 			    for (;*p != '$' && *p != '\0'; p++)
 				continue;
-			    Buf_AddBytes(buf, p - str, (const Byte *)str);
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str);
 			    str = p;
 			    expand = FALSE;
 			}
@@ -3734,7 +3749,7 @@ Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean undefErr)
 		    str += length;
 		    errorReported = TRUE;
 		} else {
-		    Buf_AddByte(buf, (Byte)*str);
+		    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
 		    str += 1;
 		}
 	    } else {
@@ -3749,7 +3764,7 @@ Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean undefErr)
 		 * into the new string.
 		 */
 		length = strlen(val);
-		Buf_AddBytes(buf, length, (Byte *)val);
+		Buf_AddBytes(&buf, length, val);
 		trailingBslash = length > 0 && val[length - 1] == '\\';
 	    }
 	    if (freeIt) {
@@ -3759,10 +3774,7 @@ Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean undefErr)
 	}
     }
 
-    Buf_AddByte(buf, '\0');
-    val = (char *)Buf_GetAll(buf, NULL);
-    Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
-    return (val);
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
 }
 
 /*-
@@ -3843,10 +3855,10 @@ Var_End(void)
 
 /****************** PRINT DEBUGGING INFO *****************/
 static void
-VarPrintVar(ClientData vp)
+VarPrintVar(void *vp)
 {
     Var    *v = (Var *)vp;
-    fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s = %s\n", v->name, (char *)Buf_GetAll(v->val, NULL));
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s = %s\n", v->name, Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
 }
 
 /*-
diff --git a/devel/bmake/files/wait.h b/devel/bmake/files/wait.h
index 8806d778ccc..b28844a1999 100644
--- a/devel/bmake/files/wait.h
+++ b/devel/bmake/files/wait.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  */
 /*
  * RCSid:
- *	$Id: wait.h,v 1.1.1.2 2008/11/11 19:32:29 joerg Exp $
+ *	$Id: wait.h,v 1.1.1.3 2009/09/18 20:55:32 joerg Exp $
  *
  *      @(#)Copyright (c) 1994, Simon J. Gerraty.
  *